481

The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    63

  • Download
    3

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 2: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Contents

Introduction

EssentialEquipment

GeneralTechniques

FinishingTechniques

Knotting

KnottingBasics

IndividualKnots

BasicKnots

ChineseKnots

FlowerKnots

RingKnots

KnottedBraids

BasicKnottedBraids

SwitchbackBraids

Page 3: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SlipKnotBraids

BoxBraids

BeadedKnottedBraids

Macramé

MacraméBasics

SquareKnotVariations

MultistrandMacramé

Half-hitchVariations

AddingBeadstoMacramé

FinishingTechniquesforKnotting

Page 4: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Braiding

Plaiting

PlaitingwithBeadsandChain

Kumihimo

EquipmentandMaterials

PreparingtoBraid

BasicMoves

RoundBraids

HelixSpiralBraids

HollowBraids

FlatBraids

WovenFlatBraids

BeadedKumihimoBraids

WorkingwithWire

FinishingTechniquesforBraiding

Page 5: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Projects

Suppliers

Acknowledgments

Copyright

Allfull-sizetemplatescanbefoundat

www.stitchcraftcreate.co.uk/patterns

Page 6: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Introduction

Page 7: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Knottingandbraidingareskillsthathavebeenaroundforcenturies,andinterestinthewaytheycanbeusedincraftapplicationshasgrowninrecentyears.

Page 8: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

inthewaytheycanbeusedincraftapplicationshasgrowninrecentyears.Althoughquitedifferent,knotsandbraidsareinterlinkedinmanyways:theyusecordsorthreadsasabase,theyareconstructedwithsimplemovesthatcanbecombinedtocreatequitecomplexstructures,andtheymaybenefitfrombeingembellishedwithbeads.

I’vebeenfascinatedbyknottingandbraidingformanyyears:IrememberwatchingmybrothermakehisowntoggleforhisscoutneckerchiefandlovedlearningtotieknotsmyselfintheGirlGuides,andatartcollegeIusedknottingtechniquessuchasmacraméasamediumforsomeexcitingwallhangings.Inmyfirstbibletitle,TheBeader’sBible,Ibegantoexploremacraméasajewellery-makingtechnique,soIamdelightedtobeabletobuildontheseskills,researchingandlearningnewtechniquesthatIcouldsharewithyouinthisnewbook.I’vechosenaneclecticmixofknotsandbraidsthatareparticularlysuitedtomakingjewellery,accessoriesandhome-styleapplicationsandIhopethatyouwillbecomejustasenthusiasticasIamabouttryingoutdifferenttechniquessuchasplaiting,Kumihimoandmacramé.

Itiseasierthanevertosourcematerialsforknottingandbraiding–gorgeouscordsandthreadsinwonderfulcolours,interestingfindingsandfastenings,andeasy-to-useequipmentsuchasthedisksandplatesforKumihimo.Whetheryoustartatthebeginningordipinandout,you’llfindeachtechniqueclearlyexplainedwithstep-by-stepinstructionsillustratedwithhundredsofphotographsanddiagrams.Thereareadozenfabulousprojectsusingtheknotsandbraidsininnovativeways,describedinstep-by-stepdetailwith‘youwillneed’requirements(seeProjects),andasanaddedbonus,therearelotsofadditionalminiideasincludedthroughoutsothatyoucanlearnatechniqueandmakesomethingstraightaway!

Page 9: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

EssentialEquipmentIfyouarealreadyakeenbeaderorcraftperson,muchoftheequipmentandmanyofthematerialslistedarethingsthatyouwillgenerallyhaveinyourworkbox.Youdon’tneedtogeteverythingatonceasyoucanalwaysimprovise,butforbestresultsitisbettertouseasimilarmaterialortheequipmentandtoolslisted.

Page 10: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

CordsandThreadsKnottingandbraidingtechniquescanbeworkedinahugevarietyofdifferentthreadsandcords.Thechoicesavailablearereviewedinthissection,andforinformationaboutthemostpopularcordsandthreadsusedforKumihimoseeCordsandThreadsforKumihimo.

CHOOSINGCORDSOnceyouhavelearntatechnique,doexperimentwithdifferentmaterialsasyouwillbesurprisedattheresults.Knotscanlosedefinitionwhenworkedwithasoftcordsuchassatinrattailorembroiderycottons,andtheshapecanbemuchmoredistinctwhenastiffercordsuchasSuperlon™,waxcotton,orroundleatherthongisused.Beforeyoustart,considerhowyouwantthefinisheditemtolookandchooseyourcordorthreadaccordingly.Rememberthateachofthesecordsareavailableinarangeofthicknessesandcanbeworkedsinglyorinmultiplebundles.

Page 11: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Cordguide

Thissampleboardofcordsshowsataglancesomeofthecordsthataresuitableforknottingandbraidingandgivesyouaquickguidetotherangeofthicknessesavailableinthedifferentcords.

Page 12: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Satincord(rattail)Thissilkycordhasahighsheenandisavailableinarangeofthicknesses:bugtailis1mmthick,mousetail1.5mmthick,andrattailis2mmthick,however,inpracticealltendtobecalledrattailnow.Thecordisquitesoftsoitdoesn’t

Page 13: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

inpracticealltendtobecalledrattailnow.Thecordisquitesoftsoitdoesn’tsupporttheshapeofknotsverywellanditisn’tveryhard-wearing.

ChineseknottingcordThisnylonbraidedcordholdsitsroundshapewhenitisworked.Currentlyavailablein0.4–3mm,thethickercordsareparticularlysuitableforknottingtechniques.FinercordsarepopularformacraméandShamballa-stylebeadbracelets.Lookonlineforthewidestcolourranges,butyouwillfindthatthechoiceofcolourforthethickercordsisnotasextensive.

WaxcottoncordWaxcottoncordissuitableforarangeoftechniques.Lookoutforthicker3mmcord,whichworksparticularlywellforindividualknotsandknottedbraidsasitholdsitsshapewell.Thinnerwaxcottonisidealformacraméandeasytostringwithbeads.Theyareavailableinnaturalshadesandarangeofcolours,manyofwhichfollowcurrentfashiontrends.

TipIfwaxcottoncordsoftensfromoveruseoryouwanttoreusealength,pullthroughunderamediumhotirontosmoothkinksandrestorethefinish.

Superlon™Superlon™(oftenabbreviatedtoS-lon™)isanindustrialstrengthtwistednyloncordoriginallyusedforupholstery.Itisavailablein0.5mmand0.9mmwidthsandbotharesuitableformicromacraméandotherknottingtechniqueswhereyouwantafinebraidorfinish.Thesecordsareperfectforaddingbeadsintoyourknottingorbraidingandcanbemixedwiththickercordsforachangeoftexture.Bothsizesareavailableinarangeofneutralsandprettycontemporarycolours.

Page 14: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ParacordThischunkycordiscommonlyavailableintwothicknesses:paracord550(4mm)hassevenstrandsdownthecentreandparacord450(2mm)hasfourcentrestrands.Paracordisperfectformakingbraceletsandotheraccessoriesfromsingleknotsandsinglewidthknottedbraid,andasitisquitebulky,itispopularformen’sjewellery.Thecordisavailableinawiderangeofsolidbrightanddarkcoloursaswellasinmanymulticolouredpatterns.LeatherthongRoundleatherthongmakesagooddistinctknotasitisafirmcord.Itisavailableinarangeofthicknessesfromaround0.5mmupto6mm.Thethinnercordsaregoodfortyingknotsandthethickercordsmoresuitableforuseasacoretotietheknotsaround.Leatherthongisavailableinnaturalshadesandawiderangeofcolours.Pearlescentfinishes,usuallyinpalepastels,areparticularlyattractiveasarethedifferentthicknessesofsnakeskineffectcords.

FauxsuedeThisflatmicrofibrecordlookslikerealleathersuede,butismuchmorepliablethantherealthingandgivesacompletelydifferentlooktoknotsorknottedbraids.Itisgenerally3mmwideandavailableinarangeofcolours.

EmbroiderythreadsStrandedcottonandcottonperléarejusttworeadilyavailablethreadsthatcanbeusedforknotting,plaitingandbraiding.Embroiderythreadsaresoftandwon’tholdtheshapeofaknotfirmlybuttheylookgoodwhencombinedwithstiffercords.Thecolourrangeismuchgreaterthanforothercords,soexcitingcolourschemesarepossible.Whileembroiderythreadsareusuallymatte,youcanusemetallicembroiderythreadstoaddatouchofsparkle.

Page 15: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

WireWireisnotoftenusedforknottingtechniquesbecauseitisdifficulttotiethewirewithoutitgettingkinked,althoughsomeknotscreatedwithmoreofawrappingtechnique,suchasthepipaknot,canbeworkedinwire.Wire,especiallybundlesoffinerwire,canbeusedsuccessfullyforanyKumihimobraid,anditisalsousedforsomefinishingtechniquesforknottingandbraiding(seeFinishingTechniquesforKnottingandFinishingTechniquesforBraiding).FormoreinformationaboutusingwireforKumihimoseeCordsandThreadsforKumihimo.

CHOOSINGWIREWireusedforknottingandbraidingtechniquesneedstoresistbreakingevenwhenitisbentbackandforwardsseveraltimes.Mostcraftwireshaveacoppercorethatmakesthemsuitablebutyoucanexperimentwithallsortsofwire.Themainjewellerywiresarereviewedherebutrememberthattwoormorethinnerwiresareeasiertomanipulatethanonethickwire.

Page 16: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

CopperwiresAsitisaninexpensivematerial,copperwireissuitableforexperimentingwithforbothknottingandbraidingtechniques.Mostcraftwireshaveacoppercorewiththecoloursenamelledandthemetallicfinishesplated.Youdon’toftengetachoiceofhardnesswithcoppercraftwiresbutIhavefoundthatthosesoldspeciallyforcrochetorknittingaresofterandlesspronetosnap.Remember,also,thatthinnerwiresareeasiertomanipulatethanthickerwires.

SilverwireAlthoughexpensive,silverwirewillelevateanyjewelleryprojecttoanotherlevel.Itisavailableinarangeofthicknesses,withsoft,half-hardandhardbeingthemostcommon,aswellasdifferentcrosssectionssuchasround,square,rectangularandD-shaped.Chooseasoftconditionwireasitiseasiertowork–

Page 17: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

you’llfindthatevenhalf-hardwireismoredifficulttowork.

CoatedwiresItisworthexperimentingwithcoatedwires,eitherpaper,plasticorwrappedwithfinethread,asthesearelesspronetokinkandyoucangetsurprisingresults.

AluminiumwireAluminiumwirecanbethickerthancoppercorewiresasitismuchsofter,butusenylon-jawplierswiretopreventthewiregettingdamaged.

TipTwistingadoublelengthofthinnerwiretogetherusingapencilorsmallhanddrill(cordwinder)makesthewirelesspronetokinksomakingiteasiertomanipulateintoaknotorbraidthantheequivalentthickerwire.

Wiregauges

Wiresareavailableinarangeofthicknessesorgaugesandsoldbymillimetre,standardwiregauge(swg)orAmericanwiregauge(awg).Severalstrandsofa0.315mm(30swg)wireisgoodforKumihimoanda0.6mm(24swg)idealfor

Page 18: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

finishingjewellerywithaplainorwrappedloop(seeGeneralTechniques).You’llnoticethatthethinnerthewire,thehighertheswgorawg.

mm swg awg

0.2 36 32

0.25 33 30

0.315 30 28

0.4 27 26

0.5 25 24

0.6 24 22

0.7 22 21

0.8 21 20

0.9 20 19

1.00 19 18

1.2 18 16

1.5 16 14

Page 19: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

BeadsBeadscanbeaddedtoalltheknottingandbraidingtechniquesinavarietyofdifferentways,eitherduringbraidingorknottingorafterwards.FormoreinformationseeBeadedKnottedBraidsandBeadedKumihimoBraids.

CHOOSINGBEADSBeadscomeinallsortsofcolours,finishes,sizesandshapes,butforknottingandbraidingthesizeofholeisparamountsothebeadscanbeeasilystrungontothecord.Itisagoodideatotakeasampleofcordwithyouwhenyougobeadshopping.

Page 20: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SeedbeadsThisisagenerictermusedtodescribethetinyglassbeadsusedprimarilyforbeadstitchingandstringing.Basicseedbeads(rocailles)aredoughnutshaped,andthemostcommonsizesare15to3(1–5.5mm)with15(1mm)beingthesmallest;cylinder-shapedbeads,alsoknownasdelicasormagnificas,havelargerholesandthedoubledelicascanbestrungonto1mmcord.Lookouttooforunusualtextureslikethetriangle,hexorcharlottebeads,orfordifferentshapessuchaspapillon(orpeanut)beadsandmagatamas(dropbeads).

LargebeadsTherearesomanydifferentbeadsthatcanbeusedinbraidingtechniquesfromsimplewoodbeadstoexquisitepearlsandcrystals,andthechoiceisyours.Beadholesizeneednotnecessarilyrestrictyouassomebeadshavesurprisinglylargeholes,suchastheSwarovskiMini-beadrange,whereeventhe6mmbeadsfitonto1mmcord.Pandora-stylebeadshaveverylargeholesandwillfitover6mm

Page 21: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

onto1mmcord.Pandora-stylebeadshaveverylargeholesandwillfitover6mmcord.

FocalbeadsTheseextralargebeadsareoftenusedasafocalpointforapieceofjewellery.Youcansuspendpendantbeadsontobraidsusingabail,orattachcordstolargeringbeadstoworkmacraméorotherknottingtechniques.Remembertoothatlargebeadscanbeattachedbetweentwolengthsofbraidthathavebeenfinishedwithendcaps.

Page 22: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

FindingsFindingsareallthelittlepieces,generallymadefrommetal,thatareusedtomakeandfinishitemsofjewelleryorotheraccessories.Manyofthefindingsareusedtocovertherawendsofcordsorbraidsanditisimportanttochoosethecorrectsizeandshape.Keepagoodselectionoffindingsinyourworkboxsothatyoucancreateandfinishdifferentpieces.

Finishingends

Thesefindingsareusedtofinishtheendsofbraidsandknottedcords.Therearemoreandmorestylesbeingmanufacturedyearonyearandmostareavailableinarangeofmetallicfinishes.Forbestresults,matchthemeasurementoftheinternaldimensionsofthefinishingendstothecordorbraid.Somefinishingendsincorporateafasteningbutifthisisnotthecase,seeJewelleryfasteningsforyouroptions.

CordendsUsedtofinishsinglecords,somestyleshavelugsthatyousecureoverthecordwithpliers,othersaretubularandareeithersecuredwithglueorwithanintegralcrimpring.

Page 23: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SpringendsOneoftheolderstylesoffinding,thesecanbecylindricalorconeshaped.Tuckthecordorbraidinsidethewirecoil,thenuseplierstosqueezeonlytheendringtosecure.

EndconesTheseconeorbell-shapedfindingscaneitherhaveaholeatthetoporbefinishedwithaloop.Forbestresultsusejewellerygluetosecurethebraidintobothstyles(seeGeneralTechniques).

EndcapsEndcapsarecylindrical,squareorrectangularversionsofendcones,andtheytooeitherhaveaholeatthetoporareready-finishedwitharingorloop.Forbestresultsusejewellerygluetosecurethebraidintobothstyles,andyouwillfindinformationonhowtoaddaplainorwrappedloopinGeneralTechniques.

Page 24: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

RibboncrimpsAsthenamesuggests,thesearedesignedtocovertherawendofribbon,buttheycanbeusedtofinishflatbraidsorcord.Topreventitfromgettingdamaged,usenylon-jawplierstoclosetheribboncrimpoverthebraid.

Basicjewelleryfindings

Thesearethebasiccomponentsofmanystylesofjewellery.Allfindingsarenowavailableinarangeofdifferentmetallicfinishesincludingantique,sochoosethemostsuitablecolourtomatchorcontrastwithyourbraid.

JumpringsRoundoroval,theseringscanbeopenedandclosedwithflat-nosepliers,andtheyareusedtoconnectitemsorattachotherfindingsorfastenings.Thesmallerrings,4–6mm,arelesslikelytopullopenthanlargerrings.

Page 25: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

rings,4–6mm,arelesslikelytopullopenthanlargerrings.

SplitringsThesearemadefromahardmetalcoil(likeakeyring),sotheyaremoresecurethanajumpring.Usesplit-ringplierstoprisethemopentoattachthemtootherfindings.

HeadpinsThesestraightwirefindingsareusedtomakebeaddangleswithaplainorwrappedloop(seeGeneralTechniques).Theyhaveaplainordecorativeendtostopbeadsfallingoffandcomeindifferentlengths.Softwireheadpinsareeasiertomanipulate.

Page 26: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

EyepinsThesearestraightpiecesofwireofdifferentlengthswitharoundloopatoneend.Theyareusedmainlytomakebeadlinksortocreatealoopwithanendcapattachedattheendofbraid.

CrimpsGenerallyusedwithbeadstringingwire,thesetinydoughnutshapesortubesaresecuredwithcrimppliersorcansimplybeflattenedwithflat-nosepliers.Theyareusedonsinglewiretospacebeadsorondoubledwiretosecuretoajumpringorfastening.

Page 27: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

CalottesSometimescalledbeadtips,theselittledomedfindingsareusedtoneatlyattachfasteningswhenstringingbeads.Thebasiccalottehasanotchinonedome;forextrasecuritychooseaclamshellcalottethathastheholeinthehinge.

Jewelleryfastenings

Therearelotsofdifferentfindingsusedtofinishpiecesofjewellerysuchasnecklaces,bracelets,earringsandrings.I’vechosenafewstylesoffasteningssuitableforusingwithknottingandbraiding.Someofthefasteningsareendcaps(seeFinishingends)withamagneticfasteningincorporatedinthedesign;otherwise,chooseastylethatmatchestheendcapandcomplementsthebraidincolourandweight.

TogglefasteningThistwo-partfasteninghasaT-barandring;turntheT-baronitssidetoslotinoroutofthering.Chooseamoredecorativestyleasadesignfeature.

Page 28: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

oroutofthering.Chooseamoredecorativestyleasadesignfeature.

MagneticfasteningsTheseneatfasteningshaveaverystrongmagnetincorporatedinthedesign.Theyareperfectforfinishingnecklacesandbracelets.Ifyouareworriedabouttheclasppullingapart,addasafetychain.

TriggerclaspThisinexpensivefasteningwithaspringclosureissuitableforfinishingbothbraceletsandnecklaces.Availablestylesincludethelobsterclawandboltring.

Page 29: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Multi-strandclaspsTheseareavailableinarangeofstyles.Theboxshapeissuitablefornecklacesandthesliderfasteningisidealformacraméandothercuff-stylebracelets.Choosethenumberofringsoneachsidetosuittheproject.

PlasticclaspsTheseplasticclaspsarespeciallydesignedforknottingtechniquessuchasmacraméastheyhaveabarendtoattachthecordsto.Theclaspsareavailableinarangeofsizesandavarietyofbrightcolours.

Page 30: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 31: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ToolsAsidefromKumihimo,knottingandbraidingtechniquesrequirelittleinthewayofspecialistequipment,indeeditislikelythatmostbeadersorcrafterswillhaveanytoolsneededintheirworkboxalready,soyoushouldbeabletogetgoingstraightaway.RefertoKumihimo:EquipmentandMaterialsforinformationaboutwhatyouneedtogetstartedwithKumihimo.

JewelleryTools

Abasicsetofthreetoolsisneededtoturnbraidsorknottingintojewellery.Itisalwaysworthbuyinggood-quality,finetoolsasthesewillhelpyoutofinishthingsinaneatandprofessionalway,butavoidmini-toolsasthesewillmakeyourhandssoreifusedforlongperiods.

Page 32: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Wirecutters(1)Iusuallyspendalittlemoreonwirecuttersasthesemakelifemucheasier.Choosesidecutters,orpreferablyflushcutters,thatcutastraightendonwireorheadpins.Remembertocutwiththeflatsideofthecutterstowardstheworkorfacingawayfromthetail.

Round-nosepliers(2)Thesepliersareusedtomakeloopswithwireorheadpins.Thejawsarecone-shapedsoyoucanvarythesizeoftheloopsbyworkingnearthetopofthejawsforsmallloopsandnearthebottomforlargerloops.Tomakeloopsthesamesize,alwaysworkthesamedistancedown;Igenerallyworkabout6mm(1⁄4in)fromthetopofthepliers.

Flat-nosepliers(3)Theseareusedformanipulatingwireandheadpins,orforopeningandclosingjumprings.Alwayslookforfairlysmoothsurfacesontheinsideofthejaws–pliersfromthelocalhardwarestoreareunsuitableasapartfrombeingtoobig,theywillprobablyhavedeepserrationsforgrip,whichwilldamagethewire.Blunt-endpliersaretheworkhorsetoolbutsnipe-nose(chain-nose)plierswithtaperedjawsallowyoutogetincloser.

Specialisttools

Althoughnotessential,thiskitwillhelpyoutofinishjewelleryinaprofessionalmanner,soconsidermakingtheinvestmentifyoucan.

Bent-nosepliersTheseareessentiallysnipe-noseplierswitharight-anglebendinthejaws,allowingyoutogetintoawkwardpositionsandtoholdwireorheadpinsatamorecomfortableangleasrequired.

Nylon-jawpliers(4)Thesepliershaveasoftermaterialcoveringthemetaljawstopreventdamagetosofterwiresandfindings.Theyareavailableasround-noseorflat-nosepliers.

Page 33: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

softerwiresandfindings.Theyareavailableasround-noseorflat-nosepliers.

CrimppliersAvailableinathreesizes–micro,regularandmacro–thesepliersareusedtoclosecrimpsneatlyaroundbeadstringingwireinparticular.Matchtheplierstothethicknessofwireandcrimpsize.

Split-ringpliersWithaspecially-designedtipforopeningsplit-rings,thesewilldefinitelyhelppreventbrokennails!

Awl(5)Anawlisusefulforpushingandeasingcordsandbraidsintometalfindings.

Warpposts(6)Clampovertheedgeoftheworksurfaceandsetaparticulardistanceapartforwindinglonglengthsofcord.

Otheressentials

Youmightfindtheseitemsinyourtoolboxalready;theywillbeusefulwhenknottingandbraiding.

ScissorsKeeptwoorthreedifferentsizesofscissorsspeciallyforcuttingthreadsandcordanddon’tusethemforcuttingpaperasthiswillbluntthebladesveryquickly.Mediumscissorsareidealforcuttingthreadandcordstolengthandsmallembroideryscissorswithsharppointsareperfectfortrimmingendsneatly.

NeedlesThereareallsortsofneedlesthatcanmakeiteasiertofinishbraidsandknottingorthreadbeads.

Page 34: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Sewingneedles(A)Aselectionofdifferentsizedsewingneedleswillallowyoutosewthroughbraidsorsecureendsafterwrapping.Sharpshaveasmalleyebutarequitesturdyandcanbeusedtostitchsmallseedbeadsintotoughercords.Embroideryneedleshavelongereyestomakethemeasiertothread.Tapestryneedles(B)Thesehavearelativelyblunttipandlargeeyeand

areusefulforstringingbiggerbeadsontocordorformanoeuvringknotsintoposition.Beadingneedles(C)Finebeadingneedlesareusedtoaddseedbeads

andothersmallbeadstobraidsortocoverjoins.Asize10needleisidealforsize11seedbeadsandasize12or13forsize15seedbeads.Keepagoodstockasthefinerneedlesinparticularcanbendandbreak.Twistedwireneedles(D)Youcanmakeyourownneedlesbylooping

finewireoverthejawsofround-nosepliersandtwistingthetailstogether.Alternatively,theycanbeboughtinarangeofsizestostringbeadsontocordorthreadortopullthreadorcordsthroughbraidstoworkorneatenends.

Page 35: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Bigeyeneedles(E)Theselongneedleswithtwopointedendsareusefulforstringingbeadsontomulti-strandsoffinethreads,butavoidusingtopullcordsthroughatightspaceasthetwofinerodsthatmaketheneedlewillsplitapartatthesolderedend.

PinsDressmaker’spinsUsefulformarkingbraidsataparticularlength,forspacingbeadsorembellishments,ortopositionwrappedthreads.

MappinsTheseshortpinswithballendsareperfectforsecuringcordsandthreadswhenworkingmacramé.Pinintoacorkboardorsheetoffoamcore.

AdhesivesTherearearangeofdifferentgluesthatwillcomeinusefulforstickingcordsandthreads,andformakingjewelleryandotheraccessories.Choosethecorrectadhesivetosuitthematerialsyouarestickingandremembertoleavefor24hoursforthegluetosetproperlybeforeusing.

Page 36: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

JewelleryglueGluessuchasG-SHypoCementandE6000arespeciallymadeforjewellery.Thegluesetsbutstayspliablesothatitislesspronetocrackandbreakoffovertime.TheG-SHypoCementhasafinenozzleidealforapplyingatinyamountforaneatfinish,otherwiseuseacocktailsticktoapplytheglue.

SuperglueTheseinstantgluescanbeusefulasyoudon’tneedtoholdthematerialinpositionuntilthegluesets.Thegelversionislesslikelytorunandit’seasiertobeaccurateandapplyatinyamount.Takecareasthesecyanoacrylateglueswillbondskin.

EpoxyresinAtwo-partadhesivethatisverygoodforstickingcordsintometalfindings.Wipesurfaceswithnailpolishremovertoremovegreasyfingerprintsbeforeyouapplytheadhesive.A5-minuteepoxyresinshortensthedryingtimeandonethatdriesclearislesslikelytobevisiblewhenused.

Page 37: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

GeneralTechniques

Makingthebraidsorknottingisjustthefirststageintheprocesswhenmakingapieceofjewelleryoranaccessoryandyouthenneedtofinishthepieceinanattractive,neatandprofessionalway.Thesegeneraltechniquescanbeusedoradaptedformanyoftheprojectsinthebook.ForspecificfinishingtechniquesforplaitingandKumihimobraidingseeFinishingTechniquesforBraiding.

ADDINGAJUMPRINGJumpringsareoneofthemostusefuljewelleryfindings.Usuallyround,theycanalsobeoval–ashapewithmorestabilityastheelongatedringtendstoremaininoneposition.1Holdthejumpringwithtwopairsofflat-noseplierseithersideofthejoin;tiltonepairtowardsyouandtheotherawayfromyou.Reversetheprocesstoclosetheringagain.

2Totensionthejumpringsothattheendsbutttogether,useplierstopushtheendsslightlysothattheyoverlapononesideandthentheother.Pullbackandtheendswillspringtogether.

Page 38: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Youcantemper(harden)jumpringsbyopeningandclosingringafewtimes(seestep1).Don’toverdoitortheringwillsnap.

MAKINGAPLAINLOOPUseaheadpinnothinnerthan0.6mm(24swg)wiretomakethisstyleofloopsothatitisstrongenoughtokeepitsroundshapewhenitisinuse.1Pickupthebeadsrequiredontotheheadpinandtrimthetailtoabout7–12mm(3⁄8–1⁄2in)–thelengthdependsonthethicknessofthewireandthesizeofthelooprequired–andbenditoverat90degrees.

Page 39: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Holdthetipofthewirewithround-nosepliersandrotatetheplierstobendthewirepart-wayaroundthetipofthejaws;thedistancefromthetipofthepliersdeterminesthesizeoftheloop.

3Repositionthepliersbyflippingyourwrist,thencontinuetorotatethewirearounduntilthetiptouchesthewireagainandtheloopisuprightandcentral,likealollipop.

Makingabeadlink

Page 40: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Makingabeadlink

Makeaplainloopononeendofthewire,orstartwithaneyepin.Addthebeads,thenfollowMakingaPlainLooptomakealoopattheotherend.

MAKINGAWRAPPEDLOOPYoucanuseathinnerwireforthisloopasthewirewrappingmakesitmoresecure.Uselongerheadpinsforthistechnique–you’llneedatleast3cm(11⁄8in)ofwireabovethelastbead.1Stringthebeadsontheheadpinandusesnipe-noseplierstobendthewireatarightangleabovethelastbeadleavingasmallgapforthewrapping.

2Holdthewireclosetothebeadwithround-nosepliers,thenwrapthetailallthewayroundtoformaloop.Bringthewirerightroundsothatitisatrightanglestothewirethreadedthroughthebeads.

Page 41: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

atrightanglestothewirethreadedthroughthebeads.

3Holdtheloopsecurelyinflat-nosepliersandwindthetailaroundthestemcoveringthegapbetweenthebeadandtheloop.Youcanuseanotherpairofplierstowindthetail,thentrimneatlyusingflushwirecutters.

JOININGAWRAPPEDLOOPTOASOLIDRINGIfyouareattachingthewrappedlooptochain,asolidringoranotherwrappedloop,usethistechnique.1FormtheloopfollowingMakingaWrappedLoop,steps1and2,stoppingbeforeyouwrapthetail.Feedthetailintothechainlinkorsolid

Page 42: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ringsothattheloopissittingwhereitshouldbe.

2Usesnipe-noseplierstoholdtheloopsecurely,thenwindthetailaroundthegapabovethebeadusinganotherpairofplierstogiveyoumorepurchaseifnecessary.

3Trimthetailclosetothewrappedwire.Usetheverytipofthewirecutters,flatsidetowardsthewrapping,togettheneatestresult.

Page 43: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 44: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

FinishingTechniques

Knottingandbraidingtechniquesallhaveatleastonerawendthatneedstobeneatenedorcoveredinsomewaytomakeapieceofjewellery,accessoryorotheritem.Traditionaltechniquessuchaswhippingorbuttonknotsusetheknottingorbraidingcorditselftocovertherawends,oryoucanuseawiderangeofdifferentfindingsandfasteningsspeciallydesignedforthepurpose.

NEATENINGTHERAWENDSCordsandbraidstendtosplayoutattheend,soitisessentialthattheendbeneatenedinsomewaytoenableyoutofititintoafinding.Therearevarioustechniquesthatyoucanusetoneatenrawendsandwhichoneyouchoosewilldependonthenumberofstrandsandtypeofmaterialbeingused.

Melting

Whenusingnylonknottingcordorparacordneatentheendfirstbyholdingitforasecondortwoinaflame–ahouseholdgaslighterissufficient–tomelttheendandfusetherawends.

Page 45: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Sewing

Braidscanbestitchedtosecurethebundlesofcordsbeforethefindingisattached.Thisisparticularlysuitableforrectangularendcapsandribboncrimps.

Beforeyoutrimthebraid,sewacrossneartheendusingstrongbeadingorsewingthread,workingrunningstitchesinonedirection,thensewingbackacross.Sewintheendswithacoupleoftinybackstitches.

Wrapping

Usestrongbeadingorsewingthread,orfinewire,tofinishbraidsorcordendspriortoattachingafinding.Thistechniqueaddsverylittleextrawidthtothecord.1Workingneartheendofthecord,wrapthethreadorwireneatlyaroundneartheendofthecordsothatthewrappingisevenandthestartingend

Page 46: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

neartheendofthecordsothatthewrappingisevenandthestartingendistrappedunderneath.Don’toverwraporitwillbetoobulky.

2Useasewingneedletostitchthetailunderthewrappedthreads.Trimthetail,then,ifnecessary,acrossthetopofthecordtoo.

Whipping

Youcanuseathickercordforadecorativewhippedend.Thistechniquecanalsobeusedonasingleendoroveradoubleropeasshownheretocreatealoop.1Makealoopfromthincordandlayitontopsideattheendofthebraidorloopedbraid.Wraptheworkingendaroundthebraidfromthebottomandoverbothloopcordsseveraltimes.

Page 47: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

andoverbothloopcordsseveraltimes.

2Continuetowrapthefinecordtocreateasingledepthofwrapping.Keepingthecordsneatandtidyasyouwrap,inserttheworkingendintotheloop.

3Pullthetailofthethincordloopgentlyandthentugtoburytheloopunderthewhipping.Trimbothtailsneatly.

Page 48: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

FINISHINGWITHCORDENDS,ENDCAPSANDCONESTherearemanydifferentshapesandstylesofcordend,endcaporconesuitableforfinishingrawendsandsomeofthevastarrayisexploredinEssentialEquipment.Theshapeofthefindingandthetypeofcordorbraidwilldeterminethetechniquesused.ForspecifictechniquesformacraméandKumihimo,seeFinishingTechniquesforKnottingandFinishingTechniquesforBraiding.

Cordendsandendcaps

Cordendsaresmallmetalfindingsdesignedtocoveroneorseveralfinerawends.Endcapswhichcanbesquare,rectangularorround,arelargerthancordends,andsuitableforathickropeorbraid.Bothsizeseitherhaveasolidringorholesothatafasteningcanbeattached.Itisimportanttomatchtheinternalwidthordimensionsofthefindingtothediameterorsizeofthecordorbraid.

Page 49: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Fittinganendconeorcap

1Wraptheendofthebraid(orbundleofcords)withfinesewingorbeadingthread(seeWrapping),makingsurethewrappingisnottoodeepsothatitwillbehiddeninsidetheendcap;trimneatly.

2Usingacocktailstick,smearalittleglue(E6000orG-SHypoCement)aroundtheinsiderimoftheendcap,alsoaddingadroportwoinsideatthebottom.Avoidgettingglueontheoutsideofthefinding.

Page 50: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

insideatthebottom.Avoidgettingglueontheoutsideofthefinding.

3Pushthebraid(orcords)intotheendcap,makingsurethatitisstraightandthatnorawendsareprotruding;youcanuseadressmaker’spintotuckanystrayfibresinside.Repeatattheotherend,thenleavetodryfor24hours.

Addingalooptoanendconeorcap

Somestylesofendconeorcaphaveaholeattheendratherthanaring.Youcanattachapieceofwireoraheadpintothebraidthenmakeaplainorwrappedloop.Choosethestyletosuitthetechnique,sothattherawendsareallcoveredandtheedgeoftheendcaporconefitssnuglyaroundthebraidorcords.1Wraporwhiptheendofthebraidorbundleofcordswiththreadorfinewiremakingsurethattheendcapwillstillfitover.Bendtheheadpinover

Page 51: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

about6mm(1⁄4in)fromtheendandinsertitunderthewrappingasshown.

2Bringtheendoftheheadpinoutinthecentreofthebraidend.Usesnipe-noseplierstobendtheendoftheheadpinbackupoverthewrappingtowardsthebraidend.

3Addglueinsidetheendcaporconeandinsertthebraidfeedingtheheadpinthroughthehole.

Page 52: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Workaplainorwrappedloopontheendoftheheadpin(seeGeneralTechniques).Iftheholeislarge,youcanaddasmallbeadtoplugthegapbeforemakingtheloop.

Page 53: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Knotting

Page 54: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Evenifyouareabeginnertothecraftofknotting,youprobablyknowmorethanyourealize.Doyourememberwhenyoulearnttotieyourshoelaces,orwhen

Page 55: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

youlastfastenedaropearoundapole,orsimplytiedaknotattheendofasewingthread?Thechancesareyouwillhaveusedareefknot,ahalf-hitchknotoranoverhandknotwithouteventhinkingaboutit,andyouprobablyknowafewmorebesides.Infactallknotsarebasedontwoverysimpleknots–theoverhandandthehalf-hitch–solearntotietheseandanyofthetechniquesfeaturedinthissectionwillbepossible,andtherearesomefabulousprojectsincludedtogetyoustarted.

Thissectionfeaturesthreemainchaptersexploringthedecorativepossibilitiesofknot-making,whetheryouaremakingindividually-workedknots,knottedbraids,orexploringmacramé,youcanworkthrougheachchapterbuildingupyourskillsasyougo,orsimplydipinandoutasyouchoose.

Eachtechniqueisclearlyexplainedwithfullyillustratedstep-by-stepinstructions,andwhilethetechniquesampleshavebeenworkedwithstandardcordsformaximumclarity,theprojectideasshowhowthebeautyoftheknotscanbeenhancedbychoosingdifferentcordsorthreads,thickerorthinner,dependingonhowyouchoosetousethedesign.You’llalsodiscoverhowtheadditionofbeadscanenhancethetechniquesforevenmorestunningresults.

Butbeforeyoubeginexploringthepossibilities,takethetimetoreadKnottingBasics,whichoutlinesthekeyknottingtermsandbasicknotsyou’llneedtoknowtogetthemostfromtheknottingtechniques.

Page 56: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

KnottingBasicsYouwillfindthattheinstructionsformakingdecorativeknotsaremucheasiertofollowifyouknowthetermscommonlyused.Also,itisagoodideatogettogripswiththebasicknotsusedbeforeyoumakeastartonanyparticulartechnique.

Knots,bendsandhitchesDidyouknowthattherearethreedifferenttypesofknotting,althoughwegenerallyuse‘knot’todescribeallthree?A‘bend’isusedtotietwodifferentcordstogether,a‘hitch’totieacordaroundanotherobject,anda‘knot’totieoneorbothendsofacordarounditself,oftenatitsend,toformastopper.

KNOTTINGTERMSTakeamomentortwotofamiliarizeyourselfwiththeknottingtermsfrequentlyusedinstepinstructions,mostofwhichareillustratedbelow.

Page 57: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Workingend(1)Theendofthecordthatyouareusingtotietheknot.Startingend(2)Theoppositeendtotheworkingend–ifyoubeginin

themiddleofacordbothendsareworkingends.Crosspoint(3)Whereonecordcrossesovertheother.Anoverhand

crosspointiswhentheworkingendisontop,andwhentheworkingendisunderneathitisanunderhandcrosspoint.Clockwiseloop(4)Sometimesreferredtoasanoverhandloop,thisis

wheretheworkingendgoesaroundclockwiseandoveritselfagain.Anticlockwise(counter-clockwise)loop(5)Sometimesreferredtoasan

underhandloop,thisiswheretheworkingendgoesaroundanticlockwiseandoveritselfagain.U-shapedbend(6)Alsoknownasabight,thisisoftenmadeasawayto

weavecordthroughtheknot.Circled(7)Thecordpassesaroundoneormorestrandsintheknot.Coiled(8)Thecordwrapsaroundoneormorestrandsseveraltimes.Weave(9)Togooverandundersuccessivecordsinaknotwitha

workingendorU-shapedbend.FirmupTightentheknotuntilthecordsaresecure,butnotsotightthat

theknotisdistorted.CorecordThisisastationarycordinsideotherthreadsandcords.In

macraméthecorecordscanbecomeworkingcordsandviceversa;inKumihimoahollowbraidcanbeworkedaroundacorecord.BasecordThiscordoftenformsthebasicshapeofanecklaceorcanbe

substitutedforafinding,suchasasolidring,fasteningorbar.Theworkingcordsareusuallyattachedtothebasecordwithlark’sheadknots(seeNestingLark’sHeadKnot).

BASICKNOTSLearntotiethesebasicknotsoffbyheartastheyareusedtimeandtimeagain

Page 58: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

fortheprojectsaswellascreatingmorecomplexknotsthroughoutthischapter.

Reef(square)knot

Thisisusedtojointwocordendsofeventhicknessanditcanbeloosenedifrequiredbytuggingoneendbackovertheknot.Itisthebasisforthesquareknotinmacramé.

Passtheleftcordovertherightandtuckunder,thenpasstherightcordovertheleftandunder,tobringthecordupthroughtheloopontheleft.

Overhandknot

Thissimpleknotcanbetiedattheendofacordasastopperorforareminderofthestartingend,oritcanbeusedtotieabundleofcordstogetherinpreparationforplaitingorbraiding.

Workingoverthethumb,makeaclockwiseloopandbringtheworkingthreadupthroughtheloop.

Slipknot

Thebaseofmanyknottedbraids,theslipknotistiedsothattheworkingendisadjustable.

Makeananticlockwiseloopandholdthecordatthecrosspoint(atthebottom)inyourlefthand.BringtheworkingcordbehindtheloopandpullaU-shapedbendthrough.Pulltheshortstartingendtofirmuptheknotandtheworkingendtoadjustthesizeofloop.

Page 59: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Lark’shead

Thisknotisusedtoattachonecordtoanother,ortoattachacordtoabarortoaringasshownhere,anditisthemostcommonlyusedknotforstartingmacraméprojects.

Foldonecordinhalfandpasstheloopyouhavemadethroughtheringfromfronttoback.Passthetailsthroughtheloopandpulluptotighten.Tomakeareverselark’sheadknot,passtheloopthroughtheringfromthereversesideandcompletetheknotbypassingthetailsthroughtheloopagain.

Half-hitch

Oneofthebasicmacraméknots,workedoveranothercordasshownhere,oroveraringorbar.Itisoftenusedinpairstosecurefinercordsorthreads.

Takeonecordandpasstheworkingendundertheothercordandbehindthestartingendtomakeonehalf-hitch.Makeasecondloopinthesameway

Page 60: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

thestartingendtomakeonehalf-hitch.Makeasecondloopinthesamewaypassingtheworkingendthroughtheloopbetweenthetwohalf-hitchesforextrasecurity.

Carrickbend

Thisknotcanbeworkedwithtwocordsasdescribed,orusingjustonethread,anditisthebaseofmanydecorativeknots.

Makeaclockwiseloopinonecordwiththetailsontheleft.Laythesecondcordbehindtheloopwiththestartingendatthebottomright.Passtheworkingendoverthenunderthetailsofthefirstcordandthenweaveitoverandundercordstocomeoutatthetopoftherightloopagain.

Page 61: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

IndividualKnots

Individualknotsareslightlymoreadvanced,usingsomeoftheelementsofthebasicknotstocreatedifferentdecorativeknots.Sometimestheseindividualknotsaretiedsinglybuttheycanoftenbetiedoneaftertheothertocreateabraid.Trytyingtheknotswithavarietyofmaterialsoraddbeadsfordifferenteffects.

Page 62: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

BasicKnotsThesimplestofknotscanmakethemostattractivejewellery.Overhandknotscanbetiedtoseparateorattachbeadsandreefknotsmakeaquickandeasybracelet,andtherearemanymoreideasinthissectionforgettingthemostfrombasicknots.

REEFKNOTWhenworkingareefknot,cordtoothickfortyingintricateknotscanbetransformedintoasimpleandeffectivedesign,idealformakingaprettybracelet.1Cuttwo25cm(10in)lengthsof6mmcordandtieareefknot(seeKnottingBasics).Adjusttheknotsothatalltheendsarethesamelength,thenpullgentlytofirmup.

2Checkthelengthofthebraceletallowingforthefastening,trimthecordends,thenattachbothcordsateachendintothefasteningusingstrongjewelleryglue.

Page 63: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

CARRICKBENDThissailor’sknotistraditionallyusedtotiethickropestogether,butwhentiedwithstrandsofdoublecordandallowedtolieflatitmakesaprettydecorativeknot.1Cuttwolengthsof6mmparacordmeasuring60cm(24in)intwodifferentcolours;foldeachinhalf.Takeoneofthedoublecords(pink)andmakeaclockwiseloop.Laytheseconddoublecord(grey)behindthefirst(pink)loopandbringtheworking(folded)endoverandunderthetailsofthefirst(pink)cordasshown.

2Weavebackoverthefirst(pink)looppassingthesecond(grey)cordunderitselfbeforeitcomesbackupandovertheendofthefirst(pink)loop.Adjusttheknotsothatalltheendsareaboutthesamelengthandtheknotisfirm.

Page 64: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Checkthelengthofthebraceletallowingforthefasteningandtrimthecords.Applyjewellerygluebetweenthecordsatbothendsandleavetodry.Attacharibboncrimpendandajewelleryfasteningateachend(seeFinishingTechniques).

TipIfyourcordissilkyorslipperytheknotmaynotstayfirm–usealittleglueorafewtinystitchessewnonthereversesidetosecureit.

OVERHANDKNOTSTheoverhandknotlooksfabuloustiedintoarusticleathercord;itcanbeusedtoseparatebeadsandattachcharms,andevenforasimpleslidingfastening.

•Useoverhandknotstoanchorabeadonalengthofcordortospacebeadsalongthelengthoftheleather.Choosecordtosuitthesizeofthebeadhole.

Page 65: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Whendesigningwithtwoormorestrandsofcord,oneofthestrandscouldbethinnertopassthroughsmall-holebeadsbeforetyingallthestrandstogetherwithanoverhandknot.

•Useanoverhandknottoattachajumpringcharmorchainalongthelengthofthecord.Tietheknotthroughlinksonthesamesideofthechaintopreventittwisting.

Page 66: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Looptwolengthsofcordinoppositedirectionsthroughawasher-stylebeadorbutton,thentiewithanoverhandknotateachsidetosecure.

•Createasimplebeadedtasselbytyingabundleofcordstogetherwithanoverhandknot;addabeadoneachstrandandtieanoverhandknotaboveandbelowtheknottosecureit.

Page 67: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Foraslidingfasteninglaytwocordendsinoppositedirectionsand,ateachend,tieanoverhandknotovertheothercordandfirmupeach.Pullthetailstoopenandthemaincordtoclose.

Page 68: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Thickercords,suchasparacordandeconappaleather,lookfabulouswhentiedinbasicknotslikethereefknotandCarrickbendtocreatesimplebracelets.ThesamedesignswouldalsolookgreattiedinyourownKumihimobraid(seeKumihimo):anyoftheroundorhollowbraidswouldbesuitablesolongasyouchoosebraidingthreadscarefullytoachievethecorrectthicknessfor

thefinishedbraid.

LARK’SHEADKNOTOftenoverlooked,thisisoneofthemostusefulknotsformakingjewelleryandaccessories–singleormultiplelark’sheadknotscanbeusedtomakeattractivejewellerydesigns.

•Tielark’sheadknotsthroughtheringsinaslidefasteningreadytoworkawidepanelofmacramétomakeacuffbracelet.

Page 69: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Usethelark’sheadknottoattachacordtoasolidringtomakeapendantthatcanbefurtherembellishedwithjumpringsandbeadcharms.

•Securearing,orothershape,withalark’sheadknotoneitherside,thensecuretheendsinafasteningforasimplebracelet.

Page 70: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

NESTINGLARK’SHEADKNOTThenestinglark’sheadknotisusefulifusingtwocoloursofcordwhenknottingorworkingmacramé.

•Tiealark’sheadknotwiththefirstcord(lightpink),thenlaythesecondcord(darkpink)horizontallybelowthefirstknot,takingtheendsaroundthebackofthebasecordandtuckintotheloopcreated.

Page 71: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Whenthemultiplelark’sheadknotbraceletisthelengthyourequire,youcanusethethinnercordstoattachafastening,suchasabutton,oralternatively,gluethecordendsintoatogglefasteningasshownhere.FeedtheU-bendintothemetalslider.Checktheloopislargeenough

forthetoggleandglueinplace.

MULTIPLELARK’SHEADKNOTSWorkingtheknotsoneaftertheotherusesaslightlydifferenttechnique,asyouhavetoweaveonetailaroundthecorecordsothatitfollowsthecorrectpathto

Page 72: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

havetoweaveonetailaroundthecorecordsothatitfollowsthecorrectpathtomakealark’sheadknot.

TipThesetechniquesworkwellwitha1mmcordtiedtoa3–4mmcorecord,asusedforthesamplesshown.

Singlecoretechnique

1Usealark’sheadknottoattachathincordtooneendofathickercorecord;tieonasecondlengthofthincordwithalark’sheadknotfacingintheotherdirection.

2Withthefirstworkingend,workahalf-hitch(seeBasicKnots)overthecorecord.Passtheworkingendunderthecorecordagainandbackupthroughthelooptocompleteathirdlark’sheadknot.

Page 73: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Continueworkingfromsidetosideworkingonelark’sheadknotatatimewithalternatecords.Youcanaddbeadsonthelargeloopsdowneachside.

Doublecoretechnique

1Forabraceletlength:tiealark’sheadknotnearthemiddleofa40cm(16in)lengthofthickleathercord.Bendthiscorecordinhalfandtakethetopworkingcordofthelark’sheadknotacrossandovertheotherhalfofthecorecord.

Page 74: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Makeasecondlark’sheadknotontheright-handsideoftheloopasSingleCoreTechnique,step2,thenpasstheright-handworkingcorddiagonallyacrossandovertheleft-handcorecord.Tiealark’sheadknot.Taketheleft-handworkingcordacrossandovertheright-handcorecord.Tieanotherlark’sheadknot.

3Continuewiththecriss-crosspatternoflark’sheadknotsallthewaydownthecorecords.Youcanadjustthesizeofthetoplooptoaccommodateabuttonortoggle.

Page 75: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipDecidewhethertokeepthesamediagonalcordontopbetweentheknotsortoalternatethemtocreateaslightlydifferentcentrepattern.

Page 76: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ChineseKnotsManydifferentculturestieknotsbutitistheChinesewhoarethebestknownfortheirdecorativeknots.Theknotsfeaturedinthissectionarefairlysimplebutmanyofthesecanbecombinedtocreatemorecomplexstructures.Chineseknotswereoftentiedasgoodluckcharmsortowardoffevilspirits.

BUTTONKNOTButtonknotsareverydecorativeandcanbeusedinplaceofaroundbead,orasanendstopper.Tyingwithoneendofasinglecordisshown,buttwocordsoradoubledcordcanalsobeused.1Makeananticlockwiseloopwiththeworkingendontheright.Makeasecondanticlockwiseloopoverthefirst,thenholdfirmlyatthecrosspointatthebottomoftheloops.

2Weavetheworkingend(right-handtail)throughthetwoloopsfromrighttoleft,goingover,under,over,under,tocomeouttheotherside.

Page 77: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Bringtheworkingendbackroundoverthestartingend,passdownthroughtheloopandunderthecrosspoint,thenbringtheworkingendupinthemiddleoftheknot.

4Atthispointholdthebottomloopsbetweenfingerandthumbandturnthesidesdowntocreatearingshapeortogglearoundthetipofyourfinger.Pullthetailstofirmupslightly.

Page 78: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Pullthetailstotightentheknotuntilaloopofcordpopsupfromthesideofthetoggle.Workaroundtheknot,pushingoneendoftheloopdownandpullthrough.

6Keeppushingtheknotbackdown,workingaroundthebuttonknotinthesamedirectionuntilitreachesoneoftheends.Takeyourfingeroutandrepeatthelooppullingprocessuntiltheknotisfirm.

Page 79: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipWorkingaroundyourfingerpreventstheknotfromcollapsingandbecomingtangled,especiallywhenworkingwithasoftcordlikerattail.

Movingabuttonknot

Whenworkingbuttonknotssidebysideornexttoabead,itcanbedifficulttopositionthemexactly,sothistechniqueenablesyoutomoveoneknottoanother.1Tiethefirstbuttonknotinthecorrectposition,thentieasecondbuttonknotsothatitendsupfairlyclosetothefirst,butdon’tpullittootight.

2Turntheknotarounduntilyoufindtheloopthatemergesasthecorethreadontheleft-handside,andpulltheloopthroughuntilthesecond

Page 80: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

threadontheleft-handside,andpulltheloopthroughuntilthesecondbuttonknotismovedacrosstobuttupagainstthefirst.

3Workaroundtheknotpullingadjacentloopsthroughuntilyoureachtheworkingcordattheotherend,repeatingifnecessarytofirmuptheknottomakeitthesamesizeasthefirstknot.Tiemorebuttonknots,movingthemalongthecord.

Slidingbuttonknotfastening

Usebuttonknotsforadecorativeslidingfasteningforanecklaceorbracelet.Twocoloursofcordareshownforclaritybutforanecklaceorbraceletthecordswillbethesamecolour.1Neartheendofthecord,tieabuttonknottothetogglestage(seeButtonKnot,step4).Passtheotherendofthecord(shownhereina

Page 81: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

contrastcolour)throughthemiddleofthetoggleintheoppositedirectiontotheshorttail,thencontinuetopullloopsthroughthebuttonknot(seeButtonKnot,steps5and6)tomakeasmallfirmknot.

2Arrangethefirstbuttonknotontheleft-handsidewithalongendoftheothercordouttotheright.Beginbyformingthefirsttwoanticlockwiseloopsaroundtheothercord(shownhereinacontrastcolour).

3Continuetofinishthebuttonknotandthenworktheloopsthroughtofirmupthesecondbuttonknotaroundtheothercord.Pulltheknotstoclosethefasteningandthemaincordstoopenit.

Page 82: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Applyalittleglueinsidethesecondbuttonknotwherethetailemergesandtrimwhendry,thensecurethefirstknotinthesameway.Domakesurethebuttonknotswillslideasthegluedries.

DOUBLECOINKNOTThedoublecoinknotisavariationoftheCarrickbend(seeKnottingBasics),anditsshapemimicsaclassicChinesedesignmotifoftwooverlappingantiquecoins.1Makeaclockwiseloopatleast20cm(8in)fromthestartingendofthecordsothatthecrosspointisontheleft.

Page 83: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Holdingthecrosspointinyourlefthand,bringtheworkingendaroundsothatitformsaU-shapedbendtofinishrunningdownacrosstheloop.

3Changetoholdtheloopsandworkingendcordinyourrighthand.Passtheworkingendunderthestartingendasshown.

Page 84: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Weavethetailoftheworkingendover,under,overandunderthecordstoemergeoutoftherightloop.

5Pulltheworkingendthroughtillallthreeloopsarethesamesize,beforeyoubegintoshapetheknot.

Page 85: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

6Adjustbypullingtheendsandworkingthecordthroughtocreateafairlylooseknotthatisfirmenoughtobestable.

TipIfyouareusingasoftcordorslightlyfrayedend,createaU-shapedbendwiththeworkingendbeforeweavingitthroughtheloopsinstep4.

Page 86: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Doublecoinknotscanbetiedwithotherknotssuchastheprosperityknottocreateinterestingbraids.

DOUBLECOINKNOTWITHCARRICKBENDSBeginwithadoublecoinknot,thenworkaseriesofCarrickbends(seeKnottingBasics)tocreateawideknottedband,adjustingthespacinginbetweenasyouwish.1Begininthecentreofalongcordandtieadoublecoinknot(seeDoubleCoinKnot).Makeananticlockwiseloopwiththerightcord,laytheleftcorddownacrosstheloopandholdwherethecordscross.

Page 87: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2TocompletethefirstCarrickbend,bringtheleftcordundertherightcordandthendownthroughthespaceunderthedoublecoinknot.Weaveunder,overandunderacrosstheloops.

3Firmup,adjustingthelengthofthe‘legs’betweentheknots.BegintotiethenextCarrickbendwithaclockwiseloopontheleftcordandlaytherightcordoverthetop.Alternatethestartdirectionofeachknotuntilyouhavetherequiredlength.

Page 88: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipIfyouworktheknotsbeginningwithaclockwiseloopontheleftcordeachtimetheseriesofknotswillnotlieasflat.

WhenworkingthedoublecoinknotwithCarrickbendsyoucanadjustthespacingbetweentheknotstocreatelargegapsinbetween,idealforabelt,orbuttthemclosetogetherforacuff-style

Page 89: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

bracelet.Seethestep-by-stepinstructionsformakingtheDoubleCoinKnotCuffinProjects.

TOGGLEThetoggleisaversionofaTurk’sheadknotworkedfromadoublecoinknotbase,anditssizecanbevariedaccordingtothethicknessofcordandnumberoftimesthecordiswoventhrough.1Tieadoublecoinknot(seeDoubleCoinKnot)sothattheleft-handstartingendisshortandtheright-handworkingendlonger.Bringtheworkingendaroundandpassitdownthroughthefirstloopwherethestartingendemerges.

2Followingthesamepathasthestartingend,weavetheworkingendunder,overandunderagaintoemergeattheothersideoftheloops,andpullitoutovertheedgeoftheright-handloop.

Page 90: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Bringtheworkingcordaroundandcontinuetofollowthepathofthestartingendasinstep2,keepingthecordtotheinsideasyougoaround.Continueuntilyouhavedoubledupallthecords.

4Atthispointinsertyourfingerinthemiddleoftheknotandholdbetweenfingerandthumb,sothatitformsaringratherthanaflatknot.Pulltheloopbetweenthetwoendstobegintotightenthetoggle.

Page 91: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Workaroundthetogglepullingthecordthroughoneloopatatimeuntilthetoggleisthesizerequired.Tucktheendsintothecentreofthetoggle,trimandglueontheinside.

Page 92: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Forabeadednapkinring,transferstringsofsize6seedbeadsontoa1.5m(12⁄3yd)lengthof1mmaluminiumwire.Makealoopinthewireateachendtosecurethebeads,thentiethetoggle(seeToggle).Carryonweavingtheworkingendthroughthetoggletomakethreerowsofbeadedwire.Removeanyexcessbeadsandtwistthetwowireendstogether,trimmingneatlyonthe

inside.

BUTTONBALLAlsoknownasamonkey’sfist,thisroundball-shapedknotisoftenworkedflat,butusingthetoggleasabasemakesiteasiertofirmuptheknotforagoodroundshape.1FollowToggle,steps1–4tocreateadouble-rowtoggle.Passthe

Page 93: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1FollowToggle,steps1–4tocreateadouble-rowtoggle.Passthestartingendundertwocordsasshowntoemergeinthemiddleofthering.Tieanoverhandknotontheendandtrimthetail.

2Pullcordsthroughuntiltheoverhandknotisflushontheinside.Pulltheloopnexttotheworkingendandworkaroundpullinguptheslackasyougo.

3Tucktheworkingendundertwoloopstoemergeinthemiddleofthetoggle-shapedknot.Continuepullingtheloopsgently–asthetoggletightensitwillformintoaballshapearoundtheoverhandknot–untiltheknotisfirm.

Page 94: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipTakeyourtimepullingtheloopsandtakinguptheslacktogettheroundestballshape.

Page 95: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Workedasathree-rowtoggle,buttonballknotsmakegreatgiftbox‘handles’.Makeorbuylittlegiftboxesandcoverwithprettypaper.Pierceaholeinthelidordrawerandthreadthetailofthe

buttonballthrough.Tieanoverhandknotontheinsidetosecure.

PROSPERITYKNOTAsthisknotresemblesseveraldoublecoinknotsworkedtogether,itissaidtobringwealthandprosperitytoanyonewhotiesorincorporatesitontotheirgarments.

Page 96: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1Beginbytyingadoublecoinknotinthecentreofalengthofcord(seeDoubleCoinKnot).Pullthesideloopsoutoneatatimetoabout3cm(11⁄4in)oneachside(thiswillvarydependingonthethicknessofyourcord).

2Bringtheloopsdownbelowtheworkingendsateithersideandadjusttheweavingatthetopoftheknotsothatitisfirm.

3Holdingtheworkingendsoutofthewaytwisttheleftsideovertherightoneachofthelongloops.

Page 97: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Tucktheloopontheleftupthroughthebackoftheloopontheright.Bringtherightworkingenddownandunderthetoploopsothatitislyingbetweenthetwotwistedloops.

5Tuckthetoptwistedloopdownthroughthebottomtwistedlooptotraptheworkingend.Re-adjusttheknotcordstomaketheknotmoreeven.

Page 98: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

6Bringtheleftworkingenddownandupthroughtheremainingloopinthemiddleoftheleftside.Weaveover,under,overandundertocomeoutattheright-handside.Adjusttheknotuntilitisfirm.

Page 99: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Thefinishedprosperityknotlooksbeautifulonitsownworkedinasoftsilkyrattailasshown,withjustapendantbeadattached,orseveralcanbetiedoneaftertheothertomakeastraporband.

Page 100: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 101: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Theprosperityknothasaslightlypointedendalittleliketheendofabelt,sothiswastheinspirationforworkingafirmrectangularbeltpanelfromleathercord,adaptabletothesizeofyour

waist.Seethestep-by-stepinstructionsformakingtheProsperityKnotBeltinProjects.

FLATBUTTONKNOTDependingonthecordusedtotietheflatbuttonknot,itcanbeusedasaprettybutton,brooch,earringorcufflinks.1MakeaclockwiseloopinaP-shapeandbringtheworkingenddownthroughthelooptomakeanotherloopthesamesizeasthefirst.Holdinyourlefthandontheleftcrosspoint.

2Looptheworkingend(right-handcord)aroundtotherightandweaveitunder,over,underandoverthroughtheloopstocomeoutattheleft-handside.

Page 102: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Bringtheworkingendaroundagainoverthestartingendandweaveacrosstherightoftheknot,goingunder,overandthenunderthelasttwocords.

4Firmupbypullingonthetwoends,theneachoftheloopsinturn,pullinguptheslackasyouworkthroughtheknot.

Page 103: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Thefinishedflatbuttonknot.

Two-toneflatbuttonknot

Tomakeatwo-toneknot,tieaflatbuttonknotwithtwocordsatonce,orfeedasecondcordthroughasingleknotbeforeyoustarttofirmitup.

Page 104: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipSoftcordslikerattailmakeaflatterknotthanfirmerroundcords.

PIPAKNOTThistraditionalChineseknotwasusedtomakedecorativetogglefasteningsforOrientalclothing,withapipaknotlooponesideandabuttonknotontheother.1Makeaclockwiseloopsothattheworkingendisontheleft.Makeanotherloopbeneathtocreateafigureofeightwiththeworkingendontopasshown.(Thebottomloopshouldbethefinishedsizeatthisstage.)

2Holdingthebottomloopsothatitstaysthesamesize,loopthe

Page 105: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Holdingthebottomloopsothatitstaysthesamesize,looptheworkingendaroundthesmallloopatthetopandthenbackacrossitselfagain.

3Looptheworkingendbackaroundtothetopsothatthecordissittinginsidethebottomloop.Repeatstep2takingthecordbehindthesmallloopandinsidethelargeloopagain.

4Continuetowraptheworkingendinafigureofeightuntilonlyasmallholeisleftinthemiddleofthebottomloops.Passtheworkingenddownthroughtheholeandfirmup.

Page 106: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipBasedonafigureofeight,thesimplestructureofthepipaknotmakesitidealforworkinginwire.

Open-looppipaknot

Youcanmakethebottomloopsmuchlargersothatyoufinishwithatightlypackedtopsectionandalargerholeinthemiddle.Tofinishthisstyleofknot,taketheworkingenddownthroughtheholeinthemiddle;turntheknotoverandfeedthetailupthroughthesmallloopsatthebackoftheknot.Youcanpullthetoploopthroughtoo,tomakeapendant.

Page 107: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Thelongerloopsoftheopen-looppipaknotareperfectforattachingbeads.Embellishtheearringswithtinypearlsattachedwithheadpinstothebottomloop.Thepipaknotcanbeworked

incordorleatherthongorasoftaluminiumwireasshownhere.

Page 108: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

FlowerKnotsFlowerknotscanbetiedwithavaryingnumberofloopsfromtwouptoeightormore.Theactualmovesarethesamebuttherepetitionisn’tclearuntilyouaremakingmorethanfourpetalsandsotherearestep-by-stepinstructionsfortwo,threeandfourpetalknotsaswellastheflowerbrocadeknot.

TWO-FLOWERPETALKNOTWithtwoloops(orpetals),theknotlookslikeabow.Itiseasiertotiewithamattcord,whichislessslipperythanthesatincordshownhere.1Inyourleft-hand,makeaU-shapedbendwiththeworkingendatthebottom.MakeasecondU-shapedbendandpassitthroughthefirst.HoldthefirstU-shapedbendtauttocreatethefirstpetal.

2Changehandssothatyouareholdingthecrosspointwiththerighthand.PasstheworkingenddownthroughtheloopformedbythesecondU-shapedbend.

Page 109: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Passthecordoverthestartingendanddownthroughthebottomloop.

4TakethecordunderandbackupthroughthesecondU-shapedbendagain.

Page 110: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Pullthetailsgentlytofirmupandadjustuntilthetwoloopsaretherightsizeforthebow.

Page 111: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Tieatwo-petalflowerknotusingarusticleathercordandattachachainwithjumprings(seeGeneralTechniques)tomakeadelicate,prettynecklace.

THREE-PETALFLOWERKNOTIftiedinthemiddleofalongcord,thethreepetalsmakeanattractivetrefoilshape.Hungupsidedownitmakesasimpleandattractivependantnecklace.1WorkthefirstpetalfollowingTwo-petalFlowerKnot,step1,thenmakeanotherU-shapedbendwiththeworkingendandpassitthroughthefirstU-shapedbend.Pullthepetaljustformedtofirmuptheknotsofar.

2Changehandstoholdthecrosspointinyourrighthand.Passthe

Page 112: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Changehandstoholdthecrosspointinyourrighthand.PasstheworkingenddownthroughthethirdU-shapedbend(petal),overthestartingendanddownthroughthebottomrightloop.

3PasstheworkingendbehindthepetalsandbackupthroughthethirdU-shapedbend(petal)ontheleftagain.Pulltheloopjustformedtofirmtheknotbeforelettinggo.Firmuptheknot.

4Thefinishedthree-petalflowerknot;itcanbeusedasaprettystopperforbeads,orturnitupsidedownandhangbeadcharmsfromoneormoreoftheloopsforapendant.

Page 113: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipBypullinginthepreviousU-shapedbendeachtime,youhavemorecontrolovertheloopsize.

CROSSKNOTThecrossknotissimilartothethree-petalflowerknotbutwithoutthepetals.It’saverystableknotthatcanbeusedasadecorativelinktotietwostrandstogether.1Taketwocordsandmakeacrossshape.MakeaU-shapedbendwiththehorizontalcordontheleftsideandtuckundertheverticalcordtocreateanS-shape.

Page 114: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Holdinyourlefthand,andpassthebottomworkingendoftheverticalcordbehindthehorizontalcords,passingitdownthroughtheU-shapedbendatbottomrightandoutoveritselfagain.

3Pullallfourcordendsgentlytoremovetheslackandthenworktheloopsthroughifnecessarytofirmuptheknot.

TipWorktheknotwithtwocordsasshown,orfoldacordinhalfandworktheknotwithbothends.

Crossknotwithbeads

Beadscanbeaddedononeorbothofthestrandsbetweentheknotstomakeabraceletornecklace.Stringbeadsontooneorbothtailsbelowthecrossknot.Tiethenextknotunderneathadjustingthespacingasrequiredbeforefirminguptheknot.

Page 115: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

FOUR-LEAFCLOVERThefour-leafcloverisessentiallyafour-petalflowerknot.ThesecrettothesuccessformakingthisknotinyourhandistoensureeachU-shapedbendispulledtauttoholdthenextonesecurely.1MakeaU-shapedbendwiththeworkingendontheright.MakeasecondU-shapedbendwiththeworkingendandpassitthroughthefirst.AdjustthefirstU-shapedbendtoholdthesecondonetaut.

2Repeattheprocess:makeaU-shapedbendwiththeworkingendandpassthroughthepreviousU-shapedbend.Pulltheleftsideoftheloopjustformedtofirmuptheknotsofarandcreatethesecondleaf.

Page 116: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Adjusttheknotinyourhandsothatyouareholdingthefirmedupcentreatthelast-madeloop.Repeatstep2,pullingtheleftsideoftheloopjustformedtofirmuptheknot.

4Changehands.PasstheworkingenddownthroughthelastU-shapedbend,overthestartingendanddownthroughthenextleaf.Bringtheworkingendunderthestartingendandbackupthroughtheleafontheleft.

Page 117: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5ThelastloopformedisnotaleafbutaU-shapedbendthatgetspulledtaut.Pulltheworkingendandthelastlooptofirmuptheknot,thenadjusttheotherloopsforleavesofthesamesize.

Page 118: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Theringformationoftheflowerbrocadeknot,workedinRussianbraid,makesanattractivebezelforacabochonstone.Tomakeabrooch,stickthecabochonstoneontoacircleofstiffinterfacing,

stitchtheknotinplaceandbackwithfauxsuede;sewabroochpinabovethecentreline.

FLOWERBROCADEKNOTTheflowerbrocadeknotistiedinexactlythesamewayastheotherflowerknots,butoncemorethanfiveorsixpetalsaretiedittransformsintoaring.1MakeaU-shapedbendandpassasecondU-shapedbendthroughthefirst.Pullthestartingendtofirmuptheknot,thenstickanarrowpieceoftapearoundthestartingendandtheleftsideofthefirstloopasshown.

Page 119: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipAddingthepieceoftapestabilizesthestartoftheknotandenablesyoutoworktherestoftheknotinyourhandwhilekeepingthetensionandsizeofthepetalseven.

2Adjusttheloopunderthecrosspointtothesizeofpetalrequired.*MakeaU-shapedbendwiththeworkingendandpassthroughtheU-shapedbendatthetop.

3Pulltheleftsideoftheloopyou’vejustformedtofirmuptheknotsofar,thenpulltheleftsideoftheU-shapedbendtore-sizethepetal.

Page 120: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4PulltheworkingendtoreducethelastU-shapedbendandrepeatfrom*instep2.AsyouaddmorepetalsholdtheknotatthefinalU-shapedbendsothepreviouspetalsareheldsecurely.

5Repeatfrom*instep2,adjustingthesizeofthenewpetaleachtimeuntilyouhaveformedaring,thenpasstheworkingendthroughthelastU-shapedbend.

Page 121: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

6Carefullyremovethetapefromthestartend.Passtheworkingendunderthetwocordstocomeoutofthefirst-workedloop,takingitbackthroughthelastU-shapedbend.Pullbothendstofirmuptheknotandformthering.

Page 122: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

RingKnotsThebrocadeknotandtheAshokachakraknotareattractivering-shapedknotsbasedontheslipknot,whichcanbeusedasapendantorfocalpointforabracelet.Dependingonthetypeandthicknessofcordusedtotietheknotswith,youcouldembellishtheringsbyaddingabeadontheworkingendbeforeformingeachU-shapedbend.

BROCADEKNOTThebrocadeknotisaversionoftheflowerbrocadeknotworkedwithoutloops,andistiedinamuchsimplerwayusingaslipknottechnique.1Startingwithaslipknot,makealengthofchainfollowingthestepsforcaterpillarknot(seeSlipKnotBraids:CaterpillarKnot)butpulltheU-shapedbendthrougheachtimesothatthereisnoloop.Continueuntilthecordistherequiredlengthtomakearing.

2Passtheworkingendthroughtheendloop,shownhereontheright.Removethestartingendfromthestartloop.Passtheworkingendover

Page 123: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Removethestartingendfromthestartloop.Passtheworkingendoverthestartingendanddownthroughthestartloop.

3Taketheworkingendunderthestartingendandbackupthroughtheendloopontheright.Pullupbothendstofirmuptheknotandformtheringshape.

Page 124: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipThebrocadeknotbuildsonthetechniqueusedforthecaterpillarknot,sopractisethatfirst(SlipKnotBraids:CaterpillarKnot).

Page 125: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

YoucanmaketheAshokachakraknotasabeadedpendant.Onceyouhavemadethelongloopslipknotandarereadytobegin,stringmetalbeadsontotheworkingend.Droponebeaddowntotheworkbeforeyoumakethenextslipknotandcontinueaddingbeadsbeforeeveryslipknot

thereafter.

ASHOKACHAKRAKNOTTheAshokachakraknotissocalledasithasbeencreatedtoresemblethedharmachakraorwheeloflife.Theknotisformedoveranelongatedslipknot,whichformsthecore.1Takea76cm(30in)lengthofcordand,leavinga40cm(16in)workingendontheright,makeaclockwiseloop.FormaU-shapedbendwiththestartingendandpassitthroughthelooptomakeaslipknot.

Page 126: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Firmuptheslipknotandturnitoversothattheadjustablestartingendisontheleft.Pulltheslipknotloopthroughleavingabouta5cm(2in)tail.Thelengthofthelongloopcanbeadjustedlater.

3Makeananticlockwiseloopontherightcordend,thenmakeaU-shapedbendwiththesameendandpassitthroughthelooptomakeanotherslipknot.

Page 127: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Adjustsothatthenewslipknotispositionednexttothepreviousslipknot,theninsertthelongloopintothesmallerslip-knotloopandpullthecordstaut.

5Repeatfromstep3untilthe‘wheel’isthesizerequired.Makesureyouadjustthepositionofeachslipknottobuttupagainstthelast.Pushtheknotsdownthelongloopasyouworktocreatethecurvedshape.

Page 128: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

6Passtheworkingendthroughtheendloop.Passthestartingendthroughtheendloopintheoppositedirection.Pullthestartingendfirmlyuntiltheslackfromtheloopistakenup.

Tip

Page 129: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Thetightertheknotsarebuttedtogether,thesharperthecurvewillbe.

Page 130: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

KnottedBraids

Knottedbraidsarejustaseriesofindividualknotsworkedoneaftertheother,soalthoughtheymaylookintricate,mostarequiteeasytomake.Althoughthereareonlyafewbasicknots,therearehundredsofknottedbraidsworkedusingavarietyoftechniques:thebraidsaregroupedtogethersothatyoucanlearnonetechnique,thentrythevariations.

Page 131: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

BasicKnottedBraidsIliketoworkknotsinthehand,butyoumayfindthatsometimesitiseasiertolaytheknottedbraidsonyourworksurfaceortopinthemtofoamcard.Startwitha2m(2yd)lengthofcordforanytechnique.

SNAKEWEAVESometimesknotsarenotsomuchtiedaswovenorplaited,andthesnakeweaveisagoodexampleofthis.Startingwithaboxknot,itbecomesawovenbraidresemblingCelticdesignsbasedonintertwiningsnakes.1Beginwithaboxknot:makealoopinthemiddleofthecordsothattheright-handcordisonthetop.Bringtheright-handcordupbehindtheloop.

2Weavetheleft-handcordover,underandovertheloopedcordtocomeoutattheright-handside.Rotatesothatthecordtailsarefacingdown.

Page 132: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Holdingtheknotatthecrosspointatthetop,pullthebottomloopdowntotherequiredlengthofthesnakeweavepanel.Pullthecordendsouttothesidetofirmuptheknotatthetop.

4Twistthebottomloopsothattheleftsideisovertheright.Taketheright-handcordoverthefrontoftheloop.

5Weavetheleftcordunder,overandunderthelonglooptocomeoutattheright-handside.

Page 133: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

attheright-handside.

6Repeatfromstep4untilyouareclosetothebottomoftheloop.Adjusttheknottofirmuptheweavethentwistthelooponelasttime.

7Asshowninstep6,bringtheleft-handcordacrossundertheloopagainandweavetheright-handcordover,underandovertomakeafirmwovenpanel.

Tip

Page 134: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Ifthetailsarelongenoughyoucanweavebackdownthroughthebraidsothatthecordsarealldoubledup.Whenweavingbackthrough,youcanuseadifferentcolouredcordforatwo-toneeffect.

CELTICBARThisvariationofsnakeweaveismorelikefour-strandplaitingthanknotting,anditcreatesamostattractivebraidpatternthatcanbeembellishedwithbeads.1Foldthecordendsoverinoppositedirectionswiththeright-handcordcrossedoverthelefttoformalongloopwiththetwotailsoutateithersideatleast5cm(2in)longerthantheloop.BringtheendsoftheloopdowntomakeaninvertedV-shape.

2Bringthetoprightcordenddownovertheright-handlongloopandlayoutparalleltotheleftloop.Bringthetopleftcordbehindtheleft-hand

Page 135: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

layoutparalleltotheleftloop.Bringthetopleftcordbehindtheleft-handlongloopandthencrosstheleftcordovertherightasshown.

3Bringthelongloopsdown,right-handinfrontandleft-handbehindthesinglecordsandcrosstheleft-handlongloopovertheright.

4Repeatwiththesinglecord,right-handontopofdoubledcordsandleft-handbehind,thencrosstheleft-handsinglecordovertheright-handsinglecord.Repeatfromstep3untilthereareonlyshortloopsatthebottom.

Page 136: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Crosstheloopsleftoverrightthentucktheright-handcordintothefrontoftherightloopandtheleft-handcordintothebackoftheleftlooptofinish.

TipForanattractivebeadedbraid,replacethetwosinglecordswithafineSuperlon™orChineseknottingcordandthenstringsize8seedbeadsoneachend.WeavethecordstogetherasaCelticbarbraid,positioningabeadinthecentreastheleft-handsinglecordcrossesovertheright.

Page 137: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SNAKEKNOTThistechniquecreatesanattractivesnake-likerope,whichifworkedinasoftsatincordwillbequitepliable,butifworkedinastiffercord,suchasanelastic,willhaveamuchsturdierfinish.1Tomakea15cm(6in)length,cutonepieceofcord20cm(8in)longandtwopiecesofcord1m(11⁄8yd)long.Tapeortiethecordstogethersothattheshorterpieceisinthemiddle.

TipThesnakeknotbraidcanbeworkedwithorwithoutacentrecorecord.

2Makeaclockwiseloopwiththeright-handcord,loopingitunderthe

Page 138: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Makeaclockwiseloopwiththeright-handcord,loopingitundertheothertwocordsandbackacrossitselfagain.

3Makeananticlockwiseloopwiththeleft-handcordsothatitpassesunderthecentrecoretocomeoutthroughtheclockwiseloopagain.

4Pullthecordsupcarefullytoformalooseknot.Donotpulltootightasyouneedtogetthecordthroughtheloopinthenextstep.

5Taketheright-handcordundertheothertwocordsandloopitaround.Tuckitintotheright-handloopoftheknotunderthecordthatis

Page 139: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

around.Tuckitintotheright-handloopoftheknotunderthecordthatisalreadythereandpullitthrough.

6Turnthecordsover.Looptheright-handcordaroundandundertheothertwocordsanddownthroughthebottomoftwoloopsontheright-handside.Pullthecordsthroughtomakealooseknot.

7Turnthecordsoverandrepeatstep5withthenextright-handcordasshowninthephotograph.Turnoverandrepeatagain,loopingthenewright-handcordaroundanddownthroughthebottomloopontheright.

Page 140: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

8Continueturningandloopingtheright-handcordaroundanddownthroughthenewbottomright-handloopuntilthebraceletisthelengthrequired.

Page 141: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipWhenworkingwithasinglecolourofcordmarkonesidewithalittlepieceoftapetoremindyouwhentoturnover.

Page 142: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 143: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Workseveralsnakeknotropesusingarangeofcoloursandtexturesofcord.Sewbeadsacrossthemainrope(seeBeadedKnottedBraids)andontosomeoftheothersforanattractivesparkly

look.Seethestep-by-stepinstructionsformakingtheSnakeKnotTieBacksinProjects.

Page 144: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SwitchbackBraidsSwitchbackisoneoftheeasiestoftheknottingtechniquesproducingbraidswithattractiveinterlockingridges.Thenamereferstothewaythecordswitchesdirectionfromsidetoside.Itcanbeworkedwithonepieceofcord,twocoloursortwodifferentcordstocreatearangeofeffectsandtextures.

SINGLECORDSWITCHBACKBRAIDThistechniquehasaningeniousstartsequenceandabraidismadewithasinglecordateachend–perfectforfinishingasasimplebracelet.1Makeasmallclockwiseloopinthecordabout25cm(10in)fromthestartingend.Passthestartingendthroughthesmallloopsothatthelengthofthelargeloopisthelengthofthebraiding,approximately15cm(6in).Thiscanbeadjustedlater.

TipThemeasurementsgivenareperfectformakingabraceletwithaslidingknotfastening.

Page 145: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Turntheworksothatthestartingendisatthetop.*Bringtheworkingendaroundandundertheleftloopcord,thenovertherightloopcord.

3Switchbacktobringtheworkingendaroundtheloopontherightsideandovertheloopontheleftside.Holdbothloopcordsandpulltheworkingendtofirmuptheknot.

4Repeatfrom*instep2,stackingtheswitchbackloopsfirmlyagainstoneanother.Makesurethattheswitchbackloopsoneachsidearethesamesizeforanevenbraid.

Page 146: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Continueuntileitheryoureachtheendofthelooporthebraidedsectionisthelengthrequired.Pullonthestartingendtotakeupanyslackontheloopandtofirmupthebraid.

TipTomakeasimplebracelet,workabout10cm(4in)ofbraiding,thenmakeaslidingknotfasteningwiththe15cm(6in)tails(seeFinishingTechniquesforKnotting).

TWO-COLOURSWITCHBACKBRAIDAcleverstartsequenceleavesapairofcordsateachendtomakeasimplebracelet.Takecareasyouweavethefirstfewcordsasitisnotaseasyasit

Page 147: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

bracelet.Takecareasyouweavethefirstfewcordsasitisnotaseasyasitseems.1Setupthetwocordswithaclockwiseloopasforthesinglecordswitchbackbraid.*Weavethefirstcolourofcordtotheleftandthenswitchbacktotherightandbringoutundertherightsideoftheloop.

2Weavethesecondcolourtotheleftandthenswitchbacktotherightinthesameway.Pullbothcordendstofirmuptheknot.Repeatfrom*instep1untilthebraidisthelengthrequired.

Page 148: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Tofinishthebraid,threadbothendsbetweenthetwoloopsandthenpullonbothpairsofcordstofirmupthebraid.

Page 149: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TWO-CORDSWITCHBACKBRAIDAlthoughthislookslikethestandardswitchbackbraiditisworkedwithtwoendsratherthanone.Chooseasoft1–2mmcordtowraparoundthefirmer3–4mmcord.1FoldthethickcorecordinhalftoformanupsidedownU-shapedbend,andlayitinthemiddleofalongerthincord.*Taketheleft-handthincordandpassitovertheleft-handthickcordandundertheright.

2Taketheright-handthincordandpassitovertheright-handthickcordandundertheleft.Pullthecordendstofirmuptheknot.

3Repeatfrom*instep1,pushingtheknotsupagainstoneanotherto

Page 150: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Repeatfrom*instep1,pushingtheknotsupagainstoneanothertocreatetheswitchbackbraid.Youcanslidetheknotsuptoreducethesizeoftheloopbeforecontinuing.

4Tofinish,tieabuttononwiththethincordtofasten,orgluealltheendsintoametalendcaporfastening.

STITCHEDSWITCHBACKSTRAPThisvariationlookslikethestandardswitchbackbraidonthereversebuthasaninterestingstitcheffectrunningdownitslengthonthefrontside,whichshowsupparticularlywellworkedinflatfauxsuede.1Makealargeanticlockwiseloopwiththecordsothatthestartingend(shownhereatthetop)is15cm(6in)andtheloopitselfisthelengthrequiredforthefinishedbraid.Bringtheworkingendupthroughthelargeloop.

Page 151: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Taketheworkingendbackacrossthelargeloopandthenbringitoutthroughthesmallloopatthetop.Pullthroughtofirmup.

TipCheckthattheshorterstartingendistheonethataltersthesizeoftheloopsothatyoucanfirmupthebraidwhenitiscomplete.

3Bringtheworkingenddownandthroughbetweenthetwocordsofthelargeloop.Keepthesuedeflatanduntwisted,thentakeitouttotheright-handside.

Page 152: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Taketheworkingcordbackacrossthefrontofthelargeloop,undertheleft-handcordofthelargeloop,andbringitoutaboveitself.Pulltofirmuptheknot.

5Repeatsteps3and4,makingsurethatthesuedeliesflatasitgoesaroundthelargeloopandontheverticalstitch.

Page 153: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

6Continueuntilthebraidisthelengthrequired,finishingonstep4,thenpullonthestartingendtofirmup.Thisbraidhasasinglecordateachend,soitcanbefastenedwithaneasyslidingknotfastening(seeFinishingTechniquesforKnotting).

TipThestitchingonthistechniquecancreategapsonthemainloopthatmakeitidealforaddingbeads(seeBeadedKnottedBraids).

Page 154: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 155: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Theswitchbacktechniqueandvariationsworkwellalongsideotherknottingtechniquessuchasmacramétomakealongwrapbraceletthatissecuredwithabuttonintotheloopattheend.See

thestep-by-stepinstructionsformakingtheSwitchbackBraceletinProjects.

Page 156: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SlipKnotBraidsTheknotsandbraidsonthefollowingpagesareallbasedontheslipknot(seeBasicKnots),aknotthatisusedwhenstartingapieceofknittingorcrochet,soyoumayalreadyknowit.Thefirstknotisusuallytiedwithashortfixedstartingendandlongeradjustableworkingend,butthisisnotalwaysthecaseandsometimesbothendsarethesamelength,sodoreadtheinstructionscarefully.

CATERPILLARKNOTAlthoughoneofthesimplestknottedbraids,oftenmadeaschildren’sfingerknitting,thecaterpillar,orchainknot,looksquiteelegantworkedinabeautifulsilkorrouleaucord.1Makeananticlockwiseloopsothatthestartingendisovertheworkingcord.FormaU-shapedbendwiththeworkingcordandtuckitintothelooptomakeaslipknot.

2MakeaU-shapedbendwiththeworkingcordandtuckitintotheloopasshown.Pulltheleftsideofthetoplooptofirmuptheknotandthenadjustthesizebypullingtheworkingend.

Page 157: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

adjustthesizebypullingtheworkingend.

3Repeatstep2,adjustingthesizeofthepreviousloopeachtime,untilthebraidisthelengthrequired.

ROUNDBROCADEKNOTWorkedinacirclethecaterpillarknotbecomestheroundbrocadeknot–theresultingringcanbeusedasacomponentinjewelleryorasapendant.RefertoCaterpillarKnotforthetechnique,buttaketimetopullthepreviouslooptightaroundtheU-shapedbend,andthenadjusttheU-shapedbendtofirmuptheknot.Thisprocesschangestheconfigurationoftheknotsothatitcurvesaround.Passthetailsthroughthelastloopinoppositedirectionstoformthering(seeRingKnots).

Page 158: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Usethickshoelacestomakeacaterpillarknotbraid,addingsteelwashersfromthehardwarestoretoembellish.

ZIPPERKNOT

Page 159: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ZIPPERKNOTThezipperknottechniqueissimilartothecaterpillarknot,butslipknotsalternatefromleftandrighttomakeawider,flatbraid.Thereversesideisdifferent,slightlydomedandhasamoredistinctcrisscrosspattern.1Makeaclockwiseloopinthemiddleofthecord.FormaU-shapedbendwiththeright-handcordandtuckitintothelooptomakeaslipknot.

2FormaU-shapedbendwiththeleft-handcordandtuckitintotheloop.Pullontheright-handendtofirmuptheknot.

3FormaU-shapedbendwiththeright-handcordandtuckitintotheloop.Pullontheleft-handendtofirmuptheknot.

Page 160: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Repeatsteps2and3untilthebraidisthelengthrequired.Passbothendsthroughthelastlooptofinish.

TWO-COLOURZIPPERKNOTThisvariationcanbeworkedintwocontrastingcoloursasshownintheexamplebelow,orintwodifferentshadesofthesamecolourforamoresubtleshadedeffect.1Makeaslipknot(seeZipperKnot,step1)neartheendofthefirstcord,thentuckthestartingendofthesecondcorddownthroughthesmallloopandtightentheslipknot.

Page 161: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2FollowandrepeatZipperKnot,steps2and3,swappingfromsidetosidetouseeachcolouralternatelytomakeatwo-tonebraid.FinishasZipperKnot,step4.

ETERNALKNOTAlsoknownasthemysticorendlessknot,theeternalknotisaCelticknotthatcansymbolizenever-endinglove,faith,loyaltyorfriendship.1Tomakethestartingslipknot,makeaclockwiseloopwiththestarting

Page 162: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1Tomakethestartingslipknot,makeaclockwiseloopwiththestartingendontheleft.MakeaU-shapedbendwiththeright-handworkingcordandinsertintotheloop.Pullthestartingendtotighten.

2Tucktheworkingendintotheloopoftheslipknotandpartiallypullthroughtoleavealargeloop.Pulltheleftsideofthelargelooptotightentheslipknot.

3Twisttheworkingendsideofthelargeloopforwardstocreateafigureofeight.

Page 163: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Feedtheworkingendfrombacktofrontintotheendloopofthefigureofeight.Carefullyfirmuptheknot.

5Thefinishedeternalknot:.itlooksveryattractiveworkedasaseriesofknotsonasinglecordtocreateabraceletornecklace.

Page 164: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Tiedwithathickercord,theeternalknotmakesafabulousfocalpointforasimplebracelet,oritcanbefinishedwithendcapsorlargeholebeadstomakeapairofprettyearrings.

SPINALKNOTThespinalknothasalookoftheeternalandcaterpillarknotscombined,tocreateatexturedbraidthatresemblesthespinalcolumn.Thetyingsequencediffersslightlyasitistheloopthatispulledthroughratherthantheendofthecord.1Tomakeaslipknottostart,makeaclockwiseloopwiththestartingendontheleft.MakeaU-shapedbendwiththeright-handworkingcordandinsertintotheloop.Pulltheendstotighten.

Page 165: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Tucktheworkingendintotheloopoftheslipknotleavingalargerlooptotherightsideandtightentheslipknot.

3Twisttheworkingendsideofthelargerloopforwardstocreateafigureofeight.

4PullaU-shapedbendintheworkingcordthroughtheendlooponthefigureofeight.Firmuptheknotsofar.

Page 166: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Repeatsteps2–4untilthebraidisthelengthrequired,pullingthelastloopallthewaythroughthefigureofeightloop.

Page 167: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Beadscanbeaddedsothattheysitonthefrontofthetwistedloop,orbeforeyouthreadtheworkingendintothepreviousloop.Formorebeadingideas,seeBeadedKnottedBraids.

BUGLEKNOTAstrongdecorativeknot,thebugleknotistraditionallyusedtomakestrapsformusicalinstrumentsandtodecoratemilitarygarments.1FoldthecordtomakeaU-shapedbendsothatthereisa20cm(8in)startingendatthebottom.Coilthestartingendaroundtheworkingcordtwicetoleavealoopontheleft.

Page 168: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Tuckthestartingendbackthroughthefrontofthecoiledloopsandthenfirmupslightly.

TipThetyingofthebugleknotissimilartothecaterpillarknotbutyougothroughtwoloopsratherthanone,forastronger,closely-wovenbraid.

3Turntheknotoversothattheworking(longer)endisonthebottom.*MakeaU-shapedbendwiththeworkingendand,missingthefirstcoiledloop,tuckitunderthesecondloop.

Page 169: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

loop,tuckitunderthesecondloop.

4ThenpasstheU-shapedbendthroughthelastloopontheleft-handside.Pullthelastloopontheoppositesidetotheworkingendtofirmuptheknot.

5Repeatfrom*instep3tomakethebraidthelengthrequired.Pulltheworkingendoutafterweavingunderthetwocoiledloopstosecuretheknot.Keeptheworkingendatthebottomwhenmakingtheloopssothatthetopcordslieatthesameanglealongthebraid.

Page 170: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipBeadscanbestitchedintothebraidoraddedasyouknot–seeBeadedKnottedBraids.

Thereversesideofthebuglecordisquitedifferentfromthefrontandlookslikeaplaitedbraid.

RINGBOLTHITCHVICEROYTheringbolthitchviceroyisavariationoftheringbolthitch,whichisaknotusuallyworkedaroundapole.Bothsharethesameattractiveinterwovenpatterndownthefrontbutthisversionisworkedasabraid.1Tomakeaslipknottostart,makeananticlockwiseloopwiththeworkingendontheleft.Thestartingendhastobetwicethelengthofthebraidplusapproximately15cm(6in).MakeaU-shapedbendwiththestartingendandinsertintotheloop.Pulltheendstotighten.

Page 171: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Pulltheloopoftheslipknotouttothelengthofthefinishedbraid.Thisshortensthestartingendtoleavea15cm(6in)tail.

3Taketheworkingendouttotherightandunderthelongloopcord.Thenbringitroundandbackdownunderitself.Pulltheworkingendthroughandfirmuptheknot.

Page 172: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Taketheworkingendouttotheleftandunderthelongloopcord,bringingitaroundandbackdownunderitself.Pulltheworkingendthroughandfirmuptheknot.

5Repeatsteps3and4untilyouarenearingtheendofthelongloopandstillhaveabout15cm(6in)ofworkingendcordremaining.

Page 173: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

6Tucktheworkingendthroughtheloopatthetop.Pullfirmlyonthestartingendtofirmuptheknotandfinishthebraid.

TipTheringbolthitchviceroycaneasilybeembellishedwithbeads–seeBeadedKnottedBraids.

Page 174: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

BoxBraidsBoxbraidisoneofthefewtrulysquarebraidswhenitisworkedwithaflatcord,suchasfauxsuedeorleather.Narrowvelvetribbonisalsoanalternativeforasoftereffect.Trytheeasyknotstartofthebasicboxbraid,forjewelleryoraccessoryprojectsrequiringlongtails,ortheflatendboxbraidforaflatsquareend.

BASICBOXBRAIDAlthoughyoucanmakethebraidwithasinglecolour,itiseasiertolearnthetechniqueifyouworkwithtwocoloursasshownhere.1Foldtwostrandsoffauxsuedeinhalfandtieanoverhandknotleavinglongenoughloopstofinishthedesign.Splayoutthefourstrandssothatthesamecoloursareoppositeoneanother.

2Liftoneofthestrandsacrossthemiddleoftheknotandtheotherstrandofthesamecolouracrossthemiddleintheoppositedirection.

Page 175: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Holdthesetwostrandswithslightloopsabovetheoverhandknot.Passoneoftheothercolourstrandsoverthefirstloopandunderthesecond.

4Repeatintheoppositedirectionwiththeotherstrandinthesamecolour,overthefirstandunderthesecondloop.

Page 176: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Pulltheendstocreateaneatsetoffoursquaresonthetopofthebraid.Repeatsteps3and4,startingeachtimewithloopsinthecolourofcordthatyou’vejustwoventhrough.

6WhenthebraidisthelengthrequiredyoucouldtietheendtailswithanoverhandknottomatchthestartorglueasFlatEndBoxBraid,step4.

Page 177: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipWorkwithfourseparatepieces,eachinadifferentcolour,forinterestingcolourcombinations.

FLATENDBOXBRAIDThismethodofstartingmakesaveryneatflatendtotheboxbraidthatrequiresnofurtherfinishing,perfectformakingakeyringfob.1Startbycrossingtwodifferentcolouredcordssothatthetailsareallthesamelength.Inthisexamplethepinkisontopofthegreen.Thenasshown,foldbothtailsofthebottomcolour(green)acrosstheother(pink)cordleavingitfairlyloose.

Page 178: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Takethetop(pink)cordandfolditdownsothatitgoesover,thentucksundertheothercolour(green)cords.

3Taketherighthand(pink)cordandpassitover,thenundertheother(green)colourcordsintheoppositedirection.FollowandrepeatBasicBoxBraid,steps3–5,tomakethebraid.

Page 179: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Tofinish,applyalittlejewellerygluewithacocktailstickundertheloopsbeforeyoupullthemtaut.Leavetodry,thentrimneatly.

Utilitarianwashersornutsfromthehardwarestorelookfantasticaddedintooneedgeoftheboxbraid.Finishwithchainandfasteningstomakeaneclecticnecklace.Forotherbeadingideassee

BeadedKnottedBraidsbelow.

Page 180: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

BeadedKnottedBraidsAlthoughknottedbraidslookfantasticontheirown,therearetimeswhenbeadscanbeusedtoenhanceadesign,especiallyformakingjewelleryoraccessories.Therearelotsofdifferentwaysthatyoucanaddbeadsasexploredhere,fromsimplystringingbeadsontothecordinbetweenknots,toaddingbeadsasyouknot.Alternativelybeadscanbeaddedafterknotting,bysewingorattachingwithfindings.

ADDINGBEADSWHENTYINGKNOTSAllsortsofbeadscanbeaddedinwiththecordsasyouknot,anditistheholesizenotthebeadsizethatiskey,sotakecordsampleswithyouwhenbeadshopping.Inmanycasesitisbettertoaddthebeadsontothecordbeforeyoustartknotting,ratherthanaddingoneatatimeasyougo.

•Individualknotslikethelark’sheadknotcanbetiedoneaftertheotheraroundathickercordwithbeadsaddedtotheloopsinbetween.

Page 181: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Thecaterpillarknothasacentralbarinsidealoopwhichisperfectforholdingabead.Here,asize3(5.5mm)ponybeadhasbeenusedonarustic2mmleathercord.

•Beadscanbeaddedtothelongbaselooponthestitchedswitchbackstrapbeforeyoustart,thentheknotistiedbetweenpairsofbeadstospacethemevenly.

Page 182: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Whentyingwithmultiplestrands,youcanuseamuchfinercordforoneormorestrandstocarrythebeadsandchangethetextureandlookofthebraidorknot.WiththeCelticbar,thereisarepeatingcrosspointinthemiddlethatisperfectforasize6(3.5mm)seedbead.

SEWINGININDIVIDUALBEADSKnottedbraidsoftenhaveinterestingtexturesandthelittlenooksandcranniescanbeembellishedrandomlyorinamoreregularpattern,withseedbeadsorothersmallbeads.

Page 183: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

othersmallbeads.

•TheAshokachakrahasavarietyoftextureswithintheknot.Smallseedbeadscanbestitchedintogapsordipsinthestructure,andmagatamas,whichhavealargehole,canbeaddedaroundtheedgeasyouknottocreateaspikydesign.

•Thezipperknotcanbeembellishedinaseveraldifferentwaysasthecordscriss-crossandthereareprettyloopsalongtheedgeforholdingbeads.Here,seedbeadsarebeingstitchedintothegapstoaddtextureandalittlesparkle.

Page 184: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SEWINGINGROUPSOFBEADSAsyoustarttoworkwithdifferentthicknessesandstylesofcordsthefinishedresultmaylookquitedifferent,andyoumaybeinspiredtoembellishtheknotsandknottedbraidswithsmallgroupsofbeads.

•Thesnakeknothasaninterestinginterlockingpatternthatlooksevenbetterwithbeadsaddedatanangle.Addthebeadsbetweentheloopsfromtoprighttobottomleftsothattheylieneatlyacrossthepointwherethetwocordsgoundereachother.

•Braidscanbeembellishedwithseedbeadstoaccentuateparticularpartsoftheknotting.Theringbolthitchviceroy,forexample,hasaplaitedeffectdownthemiddlewhichlooksprettywithloopsofseedbeadsstitchedalongtheedges.

Page 185: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ADDINGBEADSWITHFINDINGSJumpringsandheadpinscanbeusedtoattachbeadsandcharmstoalmostanyknotorknottedbraid,todanglefromonesideoraroundtheedge,ortobeaddedintotheknotitself.

•Theloopedcordsofthepipaknotareperfectforaddingheadpindanglestocreateapieceofsimplejewellery.Addsinglebeadsontoheadpins,makeaplainloopandattachtothebottomcord.

Page 186: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Slipknotbraids,suchasthespinalknotorthecaterpillarknotpictured,havelooseloopsmakingiteasytoattachjumpringsorheadpindangles.Addtobothedgesforabraceletorononesideonlyforanecklace.

Page 187: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Macramé

Macraméissaidtohaveevolvedasawaytotieorcreatedecorativefringingonrugsorwovenblankets.Itisoneofthemostversatileknottingtechniquesbecausealthoughthereareonlythreebasicknots,thesecanbeusedsinglyorinunisontocreateawiderangeofbraids,flatpanelsortubularstructures.

Page 188: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

MacraméBasicsUnlikeotherknottedbraidsthatareusuallyworkedinthehand,macraméisoftensecuredtotheworksurfacewithpinsoraspringclip.Thesquareandhalf-knotworkedwiththreeorfourcordsareeasytolearn,thenyoucanmoveontomultistrandtechniquesanddifferentwaystousethehalf-hitch(seeMultistrandMacramé).

EstimatingcordlengthsItcanbedifficulttoworkoutthelengthofcordforworkingmacraméifyouareswappingthecoreandworkingcordsaround,butasageneralrulethecorecordsarethelengthofthefinishedpieceplus15cm(6in)ateachendforfinishing.Allowthreetofourtimesthefinishedlengthfortheworkingcords.

MACRAMÉKNOTSTherearethreesimpleknotsusedinmacramé,thehalfknot,thesquareknotandthehalf-hitch,andthesecanbeworkedindifferentcombinationstocreateavarietyofeffectsanddesigns.Inthissectionhowtotiethetwoflatknots–thehalf-knotandsquareknotisshown;forthehalf-hitch,whichusesadifferenttechnique,seeMultistrandMacramé.

Halfknot

Thisishalfareef(square)knot(seeKnottingBasics)repeatedinthesamedirectionsothatthecordsnaturallytwist.Shownhereworkedovertwocorecords,itcanalsobeworkedoverone,threeormorecorecords.

Page 189: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1Cutcordsasdescribedinestimatingcordlengthsandlaysidebysidesothatthetwoshorter(core)cordsareinthemiddle.*Passtheright-handcordunderthecorecordsandovertheleft-handcord.

2Taketheleft-handcordoverthecorecordsandpassitdownthroughtheloopontheright.Pullthecordstofirmuptheknot.Repeatfrom*instep1untilthespiralisthelengthrequired.

TipChangethedirectionthatyoutietheknottoreversethespiral.

Page 190: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Squareknot

Thisflatknotisessentiallyareef(square)knotgenerallyworkedovertwocorecords,andthebasictechniquecanbeeasilyusedtocreatewiderpanels(seeMultistrandMacramé:AlternatingSquareKnots).

1Arrangethecordssidebysidesothatthetwoshorter(core)cordsareinthemiddle.*Workahalfknotpassingtheright-handcordunderthecorecordsandovertheleft-handcord.Taketheleft-handcordoverthecorecordsandpassitdownthroughtheloopontheright.

2Reversetheprocess,passingtheleft-handcordunderthecorecordsandovertheright-handcord.Thentaketheright-handcordandpassitdownthroughtheloopontheleft.Repeatfrom*instep1.

Page 191: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipOnasinglesquareknotbraidasinglecorecordissufficientbutnotasstableastwo.

WORKINGMACRAMÉItisbesttoworkonacorkpinboardorasheetoffoamcore,sothatyoucanuseshortmappinstosecurethecords.

Beginningwithaloop

1Foldalengthofcordinhalfandloopoveramappin.Securetheendsofthiscordwithaspringclipatthebottomoftheboard.Tuckasecondlengthofcordunderthecorecordsandtieanoverhandknot(seeKnottingBasics)inthemiddleoftheworkingcord.

2Foraneaterfinishonthefrontside,rotatetheoverhandknottothe

Page 192: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Foraneaterfinishonthefrontside,rotatetheoverhandknottothereverse,andstarttotiethefirstmacraméknot.

Beginningonaring

Usealark’sheadknot(seeKnottingBasics)toattachcordstoaring,toapendantortoafasteningreadytobeginthemacramé.Youcanaddasecondpairofcords,eithersidebysideornesting(seeNestingLark’sHeadKnot).Alternativelyuseanoverhandknottoattachasecondpairofcords(seeBeginningwithaLoop,step2).

Page 193: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipForverysimplebraids,thecordscanbetapedontoahardworksurface.

Page 194: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SquareKnotVariationsThesquareknotisoneofthemostpopularknotsformakingmacramébraceletsandotheraccessoriesfromparacordandtheresultingflatknotbraidisknownasaSolomonbar.Youcanexperimentwithdifferentwaysofmanipulatingthebasicsquareknottomakemanyattractivevariations.Whileparacordisusedforthesamplesshown,youcanexperimentwiththickerorthinnercordstocreateyourdesigns.

CROSSEDCORDSAddacontrastcordcolourtothebasicsquareknotcordstocreateacrossstitcheffect,witharunningstitchpatternonthereverseside.1Startwithanoverhandknotandworkonesquareknot(seeMacraméBasics);beforeyoufirmuptheknot,feedtheendsofacontrastcordcolourthroughthesquareknotunderthecorecords.

2Crosstheright-handcontrastcordovertheleftanddropthetailseithersideofthecorecords.

Page 195: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

eithersideofthecorecords.

3Workthefirsthalfofthenextsquareknot:left-handcordunderthecorecordsandovertheright-handcord,right-handcordoverthecorecordsanddownthroughtheloopontheleft.

4Liftthecontrastcordsupabovetheknots.Workthesecondhalfofthesquareknot,takingtheright-handcordunderthecontrastcordsbutoverthecorecordsandtheleft-handcord.Taketheleft-handcordunderthecontrastcordsbutoverthecorecordsanddownthroughtherightloop.

Page 196: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Repeatsteps2–4continuingthepatternofcrosses.Youcancrosstherightcordoverthelefteachtime,oralternateforadifferenteffect.

Front:crossstitchpattern.

Page 197: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Reverse:runningstitchpattern.

TipTocreatearunningstitchpatternonbothsidesofthebraid,keepthecontrastcordsrunningdowneachsideofthebraidratherthancreatingacrossatstep2.

WOVENSQUAREKNOTWorkedoverthebasicfourstrands,thisproducesawoveneffectdownthemiddleofthebraid.Followthestepinstructionscarefullyasthecordsarenottiedasabasicsquareknoteverytime.1Tieanoverhandknotandrotateit(seeBeginningwithaloop,step2).*Taketheleft-handcordovertheleftcorecord,undertherightcorecord,andovertheright-handcord.Passtheright-handcordunderallcordsandupthroughtheleftloopasshown.Pullendstofirmup.

2Taketheright-handcordundertherightcorecord,overtheleftcore

Page 198: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Taketheright-handcordundertherightcorecord,overtheleftcorecordandundertheleft-handcord.Thentaketheleft-handcordunderallcordsandupthroughtherightloop.

3Continuerepeatingfrom*instep1untilthebraidisthelengthrequired.Workaregularsquareknottofinish.

Wovensquareknotwhichhasanattractivepicotedgeandastitchedeffectwhenworkedin

Page 199: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Wovensquareknotwhichhasanattractivepicotedgeandastitchedeffectwhenworkedincontrastcolours.

Attachtwolengthsofparacordtoakeyringusingthelark’sheadknotandworkonesquareknot.Addacontrastcolourthroughtheknottoworkthecrossedcordspattern.Tofinishworka

Chinesebuttonknottoggleatthebottomusingthecontrastcords(seeFinishingTechniquesforKnotting).Trimandsealtheendsinsidethetoggle.

Page 200: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

MultistrandMacraméYoucanworkmacraméwithmanymorecordsthanthebasicfour,tocreatewiderbandsforfringing,abeltoracuffbracelet.Multistrandmacramécanevenbeworkedintheroundtomakeitemssuchasbagsorplantholders.Withmorethanfourcords,however,youdoneedtoplanahead,workingoutthedesign,thenumberofcordsrequired,andhowtosecurethemtostart.

ALTERNATINGSQUAREKNOTSAlthoughyoucanworkasquareknotoverasinglecord(threecordsintotal),foralternatingsquareknotsitisbettertoworkwithmultiplesoffourbasecords.1Setupthemacramécords–herethedoubled-overcordshavebeenpinnedtoaboard.Tieasecondcordusinganoverhandknotoneachpairofcordsandrotateforaneaterfinish(seeMacraméBasics:Beginningwithaloop).

2Tieasquareknot(seeMacraméBasics)withthefirstfourcords,thentieasquareknotwiththenextfourcords.Workacrossthecordstyingasquareknotoneachgroupoffourcordsuntilyoureachtheendoftherow.Pulltheknotstautsothattheydon’tcomeloose.

Page 201: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Onthenextrow,theworkingcordsfromthepreviousrowwillbecomethecorecordsandviceversa.Separatethefirsttwocordsandtaketheseouttotheright-handside.Separatethenextfourcordsandworkasquareknot.

TipTakecarethatyoupickupthenextfourcordsinorderasonesometimesgetstuckedbehind.

4Workacrossthecordstyingasquareknotoneachgroupoffourcordsuntilyoureachthelasttwocordsattheleft-handside.

Page 202: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Thetwosparecordsarecarrieddowntothenextrow.Workthenextrowfromrighttoleftasthefirstrow,tyingasquareknotonthefirstfourcords,andoneveryfourcordsacrosstherow.

6Continuetorepeatthetwo-rowtyingpatterntocreatethemacramépanel.Foranevenpanel,trytotieknotstothesamespacingeachtime,usingpinstostabilizethepanelasyouworkdown.

Page 203: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SettinguptoworkmultiplecordsSetupyourcordsforworkingbybeginningwithloopsorbyattachingthecordstoafastening,beltbuckleorotherfitment(seeMacraméBasics).Theadvantageofworkingonapinorfoamcoreboardisthatthepinscanbeusedtospacetheknotsasyouwork,andtosecurecordsatanangletomakeamoreprecisepieceofknotting.

STRAIGHTHALF-HITCHRIBGenerallyworkedinpairsasadoublehalf-hitch,thehalf-hitchesareusuallyworkedoveroneofthesidecordstoformathickhorizontalribasshown.

1Arrangeoneoftheoutercordsacrosstheothercordshorizontally.

Page 204: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1Arrangeoneoftheoutercordsacrosstheothercordshorizontally.Bringthenewouterverticalcordoverthehorizontalcordandbackunderitagaintotheright-handside.

2Takethesamecordoverthehorizontalcordandthistimebringitouttotheright-handsidethroughtheloop.Repeatthetwoknotsusingeachoftheverticalcordsinturntocreateathickrib.Whenyoureachtheend,bringtheinnercordbackacrosstheverticalcordsandrepeattheprocessintheoppositedirection.

TipToworktheribdiagonally,seeHalf-hitchVariations:DiagonalHalf-hitchKnots.

ANGLED-EDGEHALF-HITCHRIBHalf-hitchesareoftenusedtomakepanelswithshapedsides.Toworkstraighthalf-hitch,onesidecordistakenbackandforwards,butifyouusesuccessive

Page 205: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

half-hitch,onesidecordistakenbackandforwards,butifyouusesuccessivecordsonaparticularsidetheedgewillbeangledinstead.1Pintheright-handcordacrosstheotherverticalcords.Workonerowofhalf-hitchribacrossthiscorecord,tyingdoublehalf-hitcheswitheachverticalcord.Pinthenextright-handcordacrossundertherib.Workarowofhalf-hitchriboverthenewcorecordfinishingwithadoublehalf-hitchoverthepreviouscorecordontheleft-handside.

2Pinthenextright-handcordacrossundertheribandworkanotherrowofhalf-hitches–alreadythepanelhasbeguntoshapediagonally.Doremembertoworkhalf-hitchesoverthepreviouscorecordattheendofeachrow.

3Tochangethedirectiontocreateapieceofmacraméthatzigzags,

Page 206: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Tochangethedirectiontocreateapieceofmacraméthatzigzags,takethecurrentcorecordandpinitbackacrosstheverticalcordstowardstheright-handside.Repeatsteps1and2,butnowtakingthenextleft-handcordacrosstoworkeachrow.

Page 207: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Half-hitchVariationsHalf-hitchribscanbeworkedatanangleforadiagonalpattern,andtheycanevenbeusedtocreateshapessuchasleavesandpetals.Whilemostmacramétechniquesusethedoublehalf-hitch,itispossibletocreateknotteddesignsusingsinglehalf-hitchestoo(seeEndlessFalls).

DIAGONALHALF-HITCHWhenmakingahorizontalribthecorecordispinnedstraightacross,butifthecorecordispinnedatanangle,adiagonalribwillbecreated.1Workonerowofhalf-hitchribacrossthecords.Insertapinattheendoftherib.Wraptheside(core)cordaroundthepinandacrosstheverticalcordattheangleyouwanttocreate.Insertapintosecurethecorecord.

2Tietwohalf-hitcheswitheachverticalcordinturnmakingsureyoukeepthediagonallineoftheribasyoufirmuptheknots.Makesuretheverticalcordsabovethediagonalribarenottoolooseortight,andare

Page 208: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

verticalcordsabovethediagonalribarenottoolooseortight,andarelyingflat.

3Tocreateazigzagsimplypinthecorecorddiagonallyintheoppositedirectionandworkhalf-hitcheswithalltheverticalcordsagain.Attheendoftherowgobackintheoppositedirectiononcemore,usingthesamecorecord.

Page 209: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

PETALSHAPESWithalittleforwardplanning,itispossibletocreateallsortsofsimpleshapeswithhalf-hitchribs.Heretheangleoftheribandthespacinghascreatedapetalshape–usethetechniquetotryoutotherpatterns.1Pintheright-handcorecord,thentakeitacrosstheverticalcordsandpinsothatthereisaslightupwardscurveonthecorecord.Workhalf-hitchesalongthecordadjustingeachknottomaintainthecurve.

Page 210: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Bendthecorecordontheleftaroundapinandacrosstheverticalcordsinadownwardscurvetomakethepetalshape.Tiehalf-hitchesoverthecorecordtocompletethepetalshape.

Page 211: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 212: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Half-hitchesareverysculptural,sothetechniquelendsitselftoquitestructuredjewellerypieces.Sectionsofthisexquisitepieceofmacraméwithaddedbeadscouldbeworkedasapendantoranecklace,butworkedinthiswayoverametalroditmakesastunningbroochorhairclasp.See

thestep-by-stepinstructionsformakingtheMacraméBroochinProjects.

ENDLESSFALLSThefirstofthesinglehalf-hitchvariationsissonamedbecauseithastheappearanceofawaterfall,andtheverticalcordsseemtoflowoverandtumbledownbehindhorizontalcrossedcords.1Foldonecordinhalfaroundapin,withtheU-shapedbendatthetop.Laythesecondcordbehind,andworkingfromitsmid-point,crosstheendsover,leftfirst,thenright,sothattheyoverlap.

2Bringthevertical(blue)cordsuponeatatimetotieahalf-hitchknotbehindthecrossed-over(beige)cordssothatthetailsfinishfacingdowninbetweentheknots.

Page 213: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Repeatthecrossingofcordsandtyingofhalf-hitchesuntilthebraidisthelengthrequired.Pullthecrossedcordsgentlytofirmupthehalf-hitches.

TipTomakeaquickandeasybracelet,adjusttheloopatthetopofthemacramésothatitistherightsizeforatoggleorbuttonfasteningloop.

Page 214: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SIDE-BY-SIDEENDLESSFALLSForthisvariationofendlessfalls,thetwocordcoloursaretiedtogetherinaslightlydifferentwaytocreateaboldstripealongthelength.1Makealoopinthemiddleofone(blue)cordsothattheright-handendisovertheleft.Laythesecond(beige)cordacrosstheloopabovethecrosspoint.

2Wraptheright-handendoftheloop(blue)cordaroundtheloopandthenbringoutthroughthenewformedloopontheright,trappingthesecond(beige)cord.Pullthefirst(blue)cordtofirmuptheslipknotandarrangethecordcoloursalternately.

Page 215: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3WorkasforEndlessFallssothattheverticalcoloursaredifferentoneachsideofthebraid.Thecrossingcordswillswapfromsidetoside.

CHAIN-LINKENDLESSFALLS

Page 216: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

CHAIN-LINKENDLESSFALLSAdifferenttextureandpatterncanbecreatedwiththeendlessfallstechniquewhenfourormoreverticalcordsareused–alwaysworkwithanevennumberofcords.1Startbyworkingsteps1and2ofEndlessFalls.Feedathird(brown)cordoverthetwohalf-hitchesanddownthrougheachsideofthecrossedoverhorizontal(beige)cords.Pullthecrossedcordstofirmuptheknot.

2Crossthehorizontal(beige)cordsagain,rightoverleft.Workhalf-hitcheswithallfourverticalcords,takingeachcorddownontheright-handsideofthehalf-hitch.Pullthehorizontalsidecordstofirmuptheknot.

Page 217: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Repeatstep2,butthistimetaketheverticalcordsdownontheleft-handsideofeachhalf-hitch.Continuerepeatingthesetworowsuntilthebraidisthelengthrequired,reducingbacktotwohalf-hitchesattheend.

Page 218: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Endlessfalls,frontside(top),whichlookslikeawaterfall,andthereverseside,whichhasanattractivechevronpatterndownthelength.

Page 219: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Chain-linkendlessfalls,frontside(top)withitsribbedeffect,andthereverseside,whichlookslikeachain-linkedwatchstrap.

Page 220: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Astheendlessfallstechniqueistiedwithsimpleknots,itcanbeworkedinchunkyparacordtomakeamoremasculinebraceletorwithfinercordsforadaintydesign.Toembellishwithbeads,addabeadateithersidebeforeyoucrossthecords.Formoreembellishingideas,seeAdding

BeadstoMacramébelow.

Page 221: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

AddingBeadstoMacraméWhilemacraméisanattractiveknottingtechniqueunadorned,itcanbeembellishedeasilywithbeadsandgemstocreatedifferentstyles.Shamballa-stylebraceletswithsparklybeadsaddedintoasinglerowofsquareknotsisoneofthemostpopulartechniquesforembellishedmacramé.

SelectingbeadsandcordsBeadsofallshapesandsizescanbeaddedtomacraméasyouworkjustsolongasthecordcanfitthroughthebeadhole.Thesizeofbeadandcordyouchoosewilldependonwhetheryouwanttocreateachunkydesignorapieceofmicromacramé,butwhichevereffectyouaregoingfor,thetechniquesyouusewillbethesame.

ADDINGBEADSTOCORECORDSItiseasiertostringallthebeadsontothecorecordsatonceratherthanaddingthebeadsoneatatimeasyouneedthem.1Dependingonthesizeofthebeadhole,workthefirstsectionofmacraméoversingleordoublecorecords.Addthebead,thensecurethecordatthebottomoftheboardwithaspringclip.

Page 222: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Pushthefirstbeaduptothelastknot.Bringtheworkingcordsdowneithersideofthebeadandworkasquareknotbeneath.Youcanworkoneormoresquareknotsbetweenthebeads.

3Ifworkinghalf-hitches,continueworkingtheknotsuntilthemacramétwistsaroundtobringtheworkingcordsbackoutatthesidesbeforeaddingabead.

Page 223: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ADDINGBEADSTOWORKINGCORDSWhenaddingbeadstotheworkingcords,thebeadscanbesmallerasthereisonlyasinglestrandofcordtopassthemthrough.1Beadsareaddedasyouwork,soaddingonlythebeadsyourequiretoeachworkingcord,pushthemuptothepreviousknot.

2Workthenextmacraméknotaroundthecorecordsasbefore.Continueaddingbeadsontheouterworkingcordsaftereveryknot.

Page 224: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipOnawiderbandofmacramé,theouterworkingcordsarecarrieddowntothenextrowofknots.Youcanaddabeadontoeachofthesecordstocreateanattractiveedging.

ADDINGRHINESTONESRhinestoneordiamantécupchain,asnake-likestripofsmallcrystalsinsettingslinkedwithshortbars,isgenerallyusedtomakeexoticcostumejewelleryasitimitatesmoreexpensivediamonds.1Using1mmcord,securetwoshorterstrandsforthecorecordsandtwolongerstrandsfortheworkingcords.Workasectionofmacraméwith

Page 225: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

squareknots(seeMacraméKnots:Squareknot).Laytherhinestonecupchainontopofthecorecords.

2Workthefirsthalfofthesquareknot,left-handcordunderthecorecordsandthechain,thenovertheright-handcord.Pullthecordsupsothattheknotliesbetweenthefirsttworhinestones.

3Workthesecondhalfofthesquareknot,right-handcordunderthecorecordsandthechain,thenovertheleft-handcord,andpullupsothatthisknotalsoliesbetweenthefirsttworhinestones.

Page 226: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Repeatsteps2and3toworkasquareknotbetweeneachoftherhinestonesuntilyouhavecompletedthelengthofthechain.Workasectionofunembellishedsquareknotmacramétofinish.

TipUsewirecutterstocuttherhinestonecupchain,stretchingthechainandtrimmingitsothatthemetallugiscutflushwiththenextsetting.

Page 227: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 228: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Incorporatebeadsorrhinestonecupchainintoasimplesquareknotbraidtomakethesedelightful,brightlycolouredbracelets.Thecleverdesignstartswithacordloop,thenthetailsareusedtotieaprettyChinesebuttonknotforatoggle.Seethestep-by-stepinstructionsformaking

theRhinestoneBraceletsinProjects.

Page 229: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

FinishingTechniquesforKnottingThestartingofmacraméandotherknottingtechniquesisoftensecuredwithalooporontoafastening,sothattherearenorawends.Theworkingend,however,alwayshasendstofinish.Youcansimplyleaveafringeifthedesignallows,oruseoneofseveralfinishingtechniques.

GLUINGTHEENDSSomegluesdryoutandbecomebrittlebutjewellerygluesuchasE6000orG-SHypoCement,willstaypliableoncedryforamoresecureandlastingjoin.1Useacocktailstickoragluetubewithafinenozzletoapplyalittleglueundertheendcordswheretheyemergefromthelastknot.Leavefor24hourstodry.

TipDonotuseinstantsuperglueorgel(cyanoacrylate)asthesemaygohardandcrackovertime.

Page 230: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Checkthatthecordendsaresecure.Forwaxcottoncordstrimclosetotheknot.

3Ifusinganyloncord,suchasChineseknottingcord,trimalittlefurtherawayandthencarefullymelttheendwithasmallflame.

TYINGKNOTSSometimesasimpleoverhandknotisenoughtoneatencordends,oryoucouldtrythelargerandmoredecorativedoubleversion.

Overhandknot

Page 231: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1Tyinganoverhandknot(seeKnottingBasics)ontheendofacordwillpreventitfromfurtherfrayingandneatentheend.Addingabeadbeforeworkingtheknotcreatesamoredecorativefinish.

Doubleoverhandknot

1Beginbytyinganoverhandknot,thentaketheworkingendthroughtheloopasecondtime.

2Pullbothendstofirmuptheknot,repositioningasyoutightenifnecessary.Addadropofglue(seeGluingtheEnds)andtrim.

Page 232: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

CORDFASTENINGSAfasteningcanbemadeusingthemacraméorknottingcords,fromasimpleslidingfasteningwithoverhandknotstothemoreornateChinesebuttonknotslidingfasteningwithitstoggle-and-loop.

Slidingknotfastening

1Tomakeasimpleslidefastening,laythecordofthebraceletparallel,butinoppositedirections.Tieanoverhandknotwithoneendovertheothercord.

2Repeattotieanoverhandknotattheotherend.Pulltheknotsfairly

Page 233: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

tautbutnotsotightthatthecordscan’tmove.Pullthetailstoopenandthemaincordstoclose.

TipForwaystousefindingstoattachmetalfastenings,seeFinishingTechniquesforBraiding.

Chinesebuttonknottogglefastening

1Worktothelengthofbraidrequiredallowingforthetoggle-and-loopfastening.Tiebothcorecordstogetherinanoverhandknotclosetotheknotting,addatouchofglueandtrimtheends.

Page 234: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Usingoneofthesidecordsbegintotieabuttonknotaroundthecorecordstomakeatoggle(seeIndividualKnots:Slidingbuttonknotfastening).

3Weavetheothersidecordaroundthetoggleshapetocreateadoublestrandknot.Bringbothsidecordsupoutatthetopoftheknotbeforefirmingup.

4Pulltheloopsoneatatimeandworkaroundtofirmuptheknotsothatitfinishesuparoundtheoverhandknot,nexttotheendoftheknotting.Applyatinyamountofgluewherethecordsemerge,theneither

Page 235: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

knotting.Applyatinyamountofgluewherethecordsemerge,theneithertrimormelttofinish,shapingtheballsothattheendsarehidden.

Page 236: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Braiding

Braidingistheinterweavingofstrandsofcordorthread,manipulatingallthecordsatonceinaparticularsequenceofmovements.Makingbraidscanbeaseasyasasimplethree-strandplait,tomorechallengingintricatedesignsmadefromcombiningeight,16,orevenmorethreadswithKumihimo,aJapanesebraidingtechnique.

PlaitingandKumihimoarethetwobraidingtechniquesexploredinthissection.Asnospecialequipmentisrequired,youcanbeginplaitingstraightaway,butthereadyavailabilityofinexpensivedisksandplatesmakesKumihimoveryaccessibletoo.TheKumihimochapterbeginsbyintroducingyoutoalltheequipmentyouarelikelytoneedforthisrewardingcraft.

EachoftheplaitingandKumihimotechniquesfeaturedisclearlyexplainedwithfullyillustratedstep-by-stepinstruction,andwhilethetechniquesamplesusemainlystandardcords,suchassatincord,waxcottonorleatherthong,sothebraidingcanbeclearlyseen,youcanexperimentwithallsortsoftextileslikeribbons,texturedyarnsandevenwire.Thereisawidevarietyofdifferentthreads,cordsandribbonsreadilyavailablemakingitpossibletocreateanamazingarrayofbraidsforallsortsofjewellery,accessoriesandhome-styleprojects,ascanbeseenfromthemanyideasincluded.

Whenexperimentingwithyourselectedstrands,don’tbeafraidtotrydifferentthicknessestooasthechangeinsize–goingsmalleraswellaslarger–canbringunexpectedresults.Therearealsobead-embellishingideasincludedforplaitingandKumihimo,aswellasoptionsforfinishingyourbraidsfortheneatestresults.

Page 237: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Plaiting

Plaitingisabraidingtechniquethatyouhaveprobablydonebefore,eithertoplaithairortomakeasimplecordforacraftproject.ThereareinnumerablewaystoplaitandIhavechosenaselectionofeasytechniquesusingthreeormorestrands.Plaitingcanbeusedtomakejewelleryandembellishaccessoriesorhome-styleprojects.

THREE-STRANDPLAITINGThesimplestformofplaitingcanbeworkedwithasinglecordforeachstrandorwithbundlesofdifferentcords,chainandribbon.

1Securethreecordstotheworksurfaceusingtapeoraspringclip.Taketheright-handcordoverthemiddlecordsothatitisnowthenewmiddlecord.

2Taketheleft-handcordoverthemiddlecordsothatitisthenewmiddlecord.Continuetoworkfromsidetosidetakingtheoutsidecordsintothemiddlealternately.

Page 238: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

intothemiddlealternately.

3Keepthetensiononthecordssothattheplaitisclosewovenandeven.Continueuntilthestrandisthelengthrequired.

WHEATPLAITINGThistechniqueissimilartothree-strandplaitingandcanbeworkedwithfive,seven,ormore,alwaysusinganoddnumber.

Page 239: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1Layfivecordstogetherandsecuretotheworksurfaceusingtapeoraspringclip.Taketheright-handcordoverthenexttwocordssothattherearethreecordsontheleftandtwoontheright.

2Taketheleft-handcordoverthenexttwocordssothattherearethreecordsontherightandtwoontheleft.

3Continuetoworkfromsidetosidetakingtheoutsidecordsintothemiddleovertwostrandseachtime.

Page 240: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipToworkwithsevencords,taketheoutsidecordoverthreestrandseachtime;toworkwithninecords,taketheoutsidecordoverfourstrands,andsoon.

Page 241: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 242: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Basicthree-strandplaitingisusedtotransformaneclecticmixofchain,beadsandfabricintoastunningplaitednecklace.Seethestep-by-stepinstructionsformakingthePlaitedSilkandPearl

NecklaceinProjects.

FLATBRAIDPLAITINGTECHNIQUE1Thisistheeasiestwaytomakeawidebandofplaitingasthetechniqueworksforanynumberofstrands.Thestartisasymmetrical.

1Securefiveormorestrandsontheworksurfaceusingtapeoraspringclip.Taketheright-handcordandweaveitoverandunderalternatelyacrossalltheothercords.

TipUsethistechniquetolooselyplaitstrandsofcrochetedwirewithbeadstomakeacuffbraceletornecklace.

2Takethenewright-handcordandweaveitoverandunderallthe

Page 243: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

othercordsincludingthepreviouscord.

3Continuetoworkinthisway,alwaystakingthenextright-handcordandweavingitacrosstheothercords,untiltheplaitisthelengthrequired.

FLATBRAIDPLAITINGTECHNIQUE2

Page 244: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Thistechniquecreatesawideevenplaitfromthestart,asyouworkwithright-andleft-handstrands.Itcanbeworkedwithbothoddandevennumbersofstrands.1Secureanevennumberofstrands,inthisinstancesix,ontotheworksurfaceusingtapeoraspringclip.Separatethestrandsintotwosetsofthree.*Taketheright-handcordoverthenextcord,thenunderthenextcord,toleavetwocordsontherightandfourontheleft.

2Taketheleft-handcordunderthenextcord,overthenextcord,thenunderthenextcord,toleavethreecordsoneithersideagain.

Page 245: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Repeatfrom*instep1untiltheplaitisthelengthyourequire.

TipTomakewiderplaitsusinganevennumberstrands,justremembertoalwaysstartwithanoverontherightandanunderontheleft.

WorkingwithoddnumberofcordsForsevenstrands,forexample,separatethecordssothattherearethreeontheleftandfourontheright.Beginningwiththeright-handcord,takeitover,underandovertogiveyoufourcordsontheleft.Thentaketheleft-handcordover,underandovertogiveyoufourstrandsontheright.Thesamesequenceisrepeatedateitherside,andcontinuedtomaketheplaitthelengthrequired.

Page 246: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

FIVE-STRANDPLAITINGAvariationofflatbraidplaiting,thishasbeenworkedusingaflattercontrastcordforthecore(middle)cord.Cuttheplaitingstrandsabout11⁄2timesthelengthofthecorecord.1Tapethecordstotheworksurfacewiththeflat(core)cordinthemiddle.Taketheleft-handcordunderthecorecord.Passtheright-handcordunderthecorecordandoverthenewleft-handcord,toformacrossbehindtheflatcore.

2Takethenewleft-handcordovertheotherleft-handcordandoverthecorecord.Passthenewright-handcordovertheothertwocordsontherightandoverthecoretoformacrossbehindtheflatcore.

3Takethenewleft-handcordovertheleft-handcordandunderthecorecord.Passthenewright-handcordovertheothertwocordsonthe

Page 247: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

corecord.Passthenewright-handcordovertheothertwocordsontherightandunderthecorecordasshown.

4Repeatsteps2and3untilthebraidisthelengthyourequire.

TipTapetheotherendoftheflatcordbeforeyoubegintomakeiteasiertokeepagoodtensionwiththeplaiting.

Five-strandplaitingvariation

Tocreateamoredistinctivecrosspattern,atstep2takethenewleft-handcordundertheotherleft-handcordandoverthecorecord,thentakethenewright-handcordundertheothertwocordsontherightandoverthecore.

Page 248: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Tomakeachunkybraceletsuitableforateenageboy,choosesixcordsingreyandtwocordsinblue.Laythebluecordsinbetweenpairsofgreyreadytoplaitusingthevariationtechniquefor

Page 249: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

five-strandplaiting,thenaddendconesandafasteningtofinish(seeFinishingTechniquesforBraiding).

SECRETPLAITINGWiththistechniqueyoucanmakeaplaitedbeltorbraceletfromasinglepieceofleather.1Cutapieceofsuedeorleathermeasuring23x1.5cm(9x5⁄8in),thencutthecentresectionintothreeequalstripsleaving12mm(1⁄2in)uncutatbothends.

2Tomakethethree-strandplait(seeThree-strandPlaiting),pulltheright-handcordtoonesidethenbringtheleft-handcordintothegapandlayitbesidetherightcord.

3Taketheright-handcordintothegapandlayitbesidetheleft-handcord.Thentaketheleft-handcordintothegapandlayitbesidetheright-handcord.

Page 250: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Bringthebottomendupandtuckitthroughthegapbesidetheleft-handcord,thenstraightenout.

5Thereisnowagapatthebottombetweentheright-handcordandtwotwistedleft-handcords.Takethebottomendandtuckitthroughthisgaptoo.Continueplaitingright,left,righttounravelthetwistedplaitsatthebottom.

Page 251: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

6Startagainfromstep2takingtheleft-handcordintothegapandthenleft,right,leftandthroughthegapbesidetheleft-handcord(toendstep4),andrepeatstep5.Continueuntilthesuedestrandisevenlyplaitedtotheend,finishingwiththeright,left,righttounravel.

TipYoucanalsousesecretplaitingtoplaitbeadorchainstrandsoncetheendbarshavebeenattached.

Page 252: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Secretplaitingmakesaquick-and-easybracelet.Startwithastripofleather2.5cm(1in)longerthanthefinishedlength;cutthecentresectionintothreeorsixpiecesusingarotarycutterand

plait.Insertsnapfastenersateachendtomakeasimpleclosure.

Page 253: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

PlaitingwithBeadsandChainAswithotherknottingandbraidingtechniques,itisalwaysexcitingtofindwaystoincorporatebeadsintoyourplaiting.Thedifficultyliesinfindingbeadswithlargeenoughholestosuitthecordorplaitingmaterialbeingused.Trytheseideas,thenexperimentbyusingathinnercordforoneormoreofthestrandssothatsmallerbeadscanbeincorporated.Therearealsoideasforincorporatingchainintoyourplaiting.

PLAITINGWITHBEADSTRINGSSeedbeadssoldinpre-strunghanksareperfectforplaiting.You’llfinditeasiesttoattachthefindingswhilethebeadsarestraight,sothesecretplaitingtechniqueisbest.1Chooseaselectionofbeadstringsandcutthemalltothesamelength.Securebothendsintoasuitablefindingsuchasendcaps,endbarsorasliderfastening.Separatethestrandsintothreeequalbundles.

2Usethesecretplaitingtechniquetoplaitthestrands,easingtheclasporendcapthroughthegapscarefully.

Page 254: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipThestringsareboughttoastandardlength,oryoucantransferthebeadsontootherbeadingcordorwireifyouprefer.Allowfor5–10%shrinkagetoensureyourbraceletornecklaceisfinishedtothecorrectlength.

PLAITINGWITHBIGBEADSManylargerbeadshaveholesthatareabout1mminsize,whichareidealforstringingontoleatherorwaxcottoncord.1Cutsevenstrandsofcordallthesamelengthandtapetotheworksurface.Separatetwobundlesofthreecordsontheleftleavingasinglestrandontheright.Workthree-strandplaiting:righttothemiddle,lefttothemiddle,righttothemiddle.

Page 255: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Pickupabeadonthesinglecordandcontinuetheplaitingsequence:lefttothemiddle,righttothemiddle,lefttothemiddle.

3Continuetopickupabeadonthesinglestrandeachtimeandrepeatathree-movesequenceofplaitingalternatingsides,untiltheplaitisthelengthrequired.

TipWhenworkingasimplethree-strandplait,increasingthenumberofstrandsofcordusedfortheunbeadedstrandswillbalancetheweightofthebeads.

TWO-STRANDPLAITINGWITHCHAINThisisessentiallyathree-strandplaitasthechainisthethirdstrand,even

Page 256: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Thisisessentiallyathree-strandplaitasthechainisthethirdstrand,eventhoughitdoesn’tmovefromitspositionontheright.1Cuttwobundlesofthread–Iused16lengthsofstrandedcotton(floss)intotal–andtietogetheratoneendwithanoverhandknot(seeKnottingBasics),takingcaretokeepthethreadbundlesseparate.Feedtheright-handlengththroughthetopchainlink.

2Plaittheleft-handbundleovertheright,thenbringitupthroughthebackofthesamechainlink.

3Continuetotaketheleft-handbundleovertherightandintothebackofeachchainlink,plaitingtwiceintoeachchainlink.(Orplaitonceonlyifyourthreadbundlesarethicker.)

Page 257: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Tiethethreadbundleswithanoverhandknotattheendtosecure.

TipChooseachainwithlargeenoughlinkstofeedthecords/threadsthrough,anduseatwistedwireneedle,asimpleloopofcordorevenanopenedpapercliptoassistyou.

ADDINGBEADSINTOCHAINPLAITTomakeamicrobracelet,plait1mmcordthroughchainandaddsize3(5.5mm)beadsasyougo.Usetwostrandsofcordfoldedinhalftocreatethetoggleloop.1Cuttwocordsabout60cm(24in)long,foldinhalfandtieanoverhandknotnearthetoptomakeatoggleloop.Taketheleft-handcordup

Page 258: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

knotnearthetoptomakeatoggleloop.Taketheleft-handcordupthroughthefirstchainlinkandthenextcordupthroughthesecondlink.

2Puttheright-handcordoutoftheway.Plaittheleft-handcordoverthemiddlecordandtheright-handcordintothemiddle(seeThree-strandPlaiting).

3Addabeadtothemiddlecordandtakeitupthroughthenextchainlink.Plaitagain,leftintothemiddle,rightintothemiddle.

4Repeatfromstep3totheendofthechainpullingthecordstautsothatthebeadsaresittingontheloopsattheoutside.

Page 259: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

thatthebeadsaresittingontheloopsattheoutside.

5Eithertrimthesparecordofforfeedthesparecorddownthroughthebeadstostabilizethebeadedplait.Workabuttonknotattheend(seeFinishingTechniquesforKnotting).

Page 260: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 261: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Embroiderythreadisperfectforplaitingintochainasyoucanselecttheexactnumberorstrandssuitableforthesizeofthechainlinks.Thisnecklaceusescottonperléwithorganzaribbonto

softentheeffectofthechain,forpleasingcontrastingtextures.Seethestep-by-stepinstructionsformakingtheChainPlaitNecklaceinProjects.

Page 262: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Kumihimo

KumihimoisabraidingtechniqueoriginatingfromJapan–thenamemeans‘gatheredthreads’inJapanese–anditistraditionallyworkedonwoodenstool-shapedstructurescalledMarudai,whicharebeautifulbutexpensive.Kumihimodisksandplatesmadefromalightweightdensefoamaremoreaffordableforbeginnersandoccasionalusers,andcanbeusedtomakeawidevarietyofdifferent-shapedbraidsusingoneormoreofsixbasicmovesthateitherpassthecordsoverthecentreholeoraroundtheedgeofthediskorplate.

Page 263: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

EquipmentandMaterialsTraditionallyKumihimobraidsweremadeonaMarudaiandworkedwithbundlesoffinesilkthreadstomakeanobi-jime,thebeltwornaroundakimono.ContemporarybraiderscanchooseinsteadtoworkKumihimousingtheversatileandveryportablediskorplate,usingavarietyofreadilyavailablecords,threadsorevenwire.

KUMIHIMOTOOLSItisessentialtohaveadiskorMarudaitoworkKumihimo,soreviewtheoptionsanddecidewhetheryouwanttogodownthetraditionalrouteortostartsimplywithadiskorplate.

DiskandplateThesesimpletoolsaremadefromdensefoamwithnumberedslotsforthecordsorthread(seeSettingUptheDiskorPlate).Thediskshaveslotsallroundwithnumbersfrom1to32(thenumberreferstotheslotontheleftasyoumoveclockwise).Thesquareplateshavenumbersalongthetopandbottomedges,distinguishedeitherwithacircleonthebottomroworadifferentsetofnumbers.Therearelettersdowneachsideeitherwithlowercaseandcapitalsoracircleononeset.Therounddiskcanbeusedforbothroundandflatbraidsbutyoumayfinditeasiertousethesquareplateforflatbraidsasithasarectangularholeinthemiddle.

MarudaiUnliketheKumihimodiskorplate,theMarudai(roundstand)hasnonumberstoguideyouorslotstosecurethecordsorthreads.Itisstillthesamebasic

Page 264: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

techniquebutyoudoneedmoreequipmenttogetstarted.Itisessentialtocreateabalancebetweenthecordsandbraidusingweightedbobbinsandcounterweights(seeSettingUptheMarudai).YouarenotrestrictedtoaparticularnumberofslotswithaMarudaiand,asitisfree-standing,thebraidisworkedwithtwohands,makingitaveryrelaxingandrhythmicwaytoworkKumihimo.

TipTraditionallyflatwovenbraidsareworkedonaTakadai,whichistheflatbraidversionofaMarudaibutwithamuchlargermorecumbersomeframe.

BobbinsItisfairlyeasytoworkKumihimobraidswithcordsuptoabout75cm(30in),butwhenworkingwithlongercords,youwillfinditmucheasiertowindthecordontolittlebobbins.Youcanusecottonreelsorevenapieceoffoldedcard,butthesespeciallydesignedbobbinsareinexpensivewithastoppingmechanisminbuilttosecurethecords.Marudaibobbinsareavailableinarangeofdifferentweights.

WeightsWeightsaretraditionallyusedwiththeMarudaitocounterbalancetheweightofthebobbins(seeSettingUptheMarudai);thecentre-weight,whichcanbeabagfilledwithcoins,shouldbeequaltohalfthecombinedweightofthebobbins.TheKumihimodiskandplatehaveslotsandsoitisnotnecessarytouseaweightastheslotskeepthecordsorthreadsinplace,butIhavefoundthatroundbraidsinparticulararesmootherandmoreevenwhenacentre-weightofabout70–100g(21⁄2–31⁄2oz)isused(thickercordswillneedaslightlyheavierweightthanthinnercords).

Page 265: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

EquipmentforgettingstartedwithKumihimoisrelativelyinexpensive.Adiskorplate,somebobbinsandaweightareallyouneed.

WIREFORKUMIHIMOWirecanbeusedforanyKumihimobraidprovidedthatitissoftenoughorthinenoughtobemanipulatedsuccessfully.Ithastowithstandbeingbentbackandforwardswithoutbreakingorbecomingharder.Formoreinformation,seeEssentialEquipment:Wire.

Whatwire?

WireisavailableinarangeofcrosssectionsbutroundisgenerallythemostsuccessfulforKumihimo;0.315mm(30swg)cutintobundlesoffourstrandsisagoodwaytostart.Youcanincorporatewireintobundlesofthreadtomakeabraidthatwillholditsshapewhenbentoraddbeadstothickerwiretomake

Page 266: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

braidthatwillholditsshapewhenbentoraddbeadstothickerwiretomakebeadedbangles.

Copperorcopper-corewiresCraftjewellerywireisidealforKumihimobraiding.AluminiumwiresAstheseareverysoft,youcoulduseathickerdiameter,buttakecareastheycanbebrittleifoverworked.SilverwireThatsoldassoftconditionissuitableforbraiding.

CORDSANDTHREADSFORKUMIHIMOKumihimocanbeworkedusinganymaterialthatcanbebentandmanipulatedintoabraid.Traditionallyfinesilkcordsareusedbuttherearemanymoreoptions.Formoreinformation,seeEssentialEquipment:CordsandThreads.

Thickorthin?

Page 267: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

JapanesebraidersusebundlesoffinesilkthreadtoworkKumihimo.Typicallyeachbundlehas40threadsandso,althoughthethreadisfinelikeasewingthread,thebundlesthemselvesarequitethick.Toworktraditionally,silkorimitationsilkthreadssuchasShinonorBironcanbeboughtpre-cutinlengthsapproximately3m(3yd)long.Buttherearemanymoreoptionsavailabletoyou,fromafineembroiderythreadtoathickrattailorleathercord.Youcanalsocombinedifferentthicknessesofcordorthreadinthesamebraidtocreatedifferenttexturesortoaddbeads(seeBeadedKumihimoBraids).Thereisnoparticularrestrictiononthread/cordsizewhenusingaMarudai,butwiththediskorplatetheyhavetobethinenoughtofitintotheslots.

SilkthreadGroupinbundlesforstrongbraidsthathaveafabuloussheen;silkembroiderythreadisalsosuitable.SatincordAbeautifulcordwithahighsheenidealforKumihimoand

availableinarangeofthicknesses.ChineseknottingcordSuitableformakingtexturedbraids,thisround

cordhasacentrecoresostaysroundwhenbraided.Superlon™ThistwistednyloncordmakesstiffKumihimobraids,andis

perfectforaddingbeadsorworkingaroundacore.Youcanmakeafine

Page 268: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

braidusingSuperlon™cordonlyormixitwithothercordssuchasrattailtocreatedifferenttextures.EmbroiderythreadsThesubtlesheenofstrandedcotton(floss)and

cottonperléforexample,produceamattefinishonbraids;metallicembroiderythreadsaddatouchofsparkle.RibbonsandflatbraidsIdealtobringachangeoftexturetoyour

Kumihimobraids;lookoutfortubularmeshribbons,eithersyntheticormetal.

TipRibbonworksparticularlywellfortechniqueswheresomecordsarenotbraidedeverytime,togiveyoulongerstrandsontheoutsideofthebraid(seeHoneycombBraid).

Page 269: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

PreparingtoBraidKumihimobraidscanbeworkedonatraditionalMarudaiortherounddisk.Asquareplateisalsoavailabletomakeiteasiertoworkflatbraids(seeFlatBraids).Beforebeginningbraidingthereareafewthingstofamiliarizeyourselfwith,fromcuttingyourcordlengthstosettingupthreadsonyourdiskorplate,aswellashowtointerprettheQuickGuideinformationwhichaccompaniesthefeaturedtechniques.

SETTINGUPTHEDISKORPLATEBeforeyoucanstartbraiding,youneedtosetupthediskorplatewiththethreadsrequired.Thelayoutofcordsisdescribedasbeinginaparticularslotorasbeingatthetop,bottom,leftsideorrightside.

MakeyourowndiskorplateYoucanbuyadiskorplate(seeSuppliers)ortogetstartedstraightaway,copythediskandplatetemplates(seeTemplates)ontoastiffcardsuchasgreyboard.Carefullycutout,snipintotheslots,thencutouttheholeinthemiddle.

1Preparethecordswithalark’sheadknotoroverhandknotdependingonwhetheryouareworkingwithanevenoroddnumberofthreads(seePreparingthebraidingthreads)andtuckdownthroughthecentreholeinthedisk/plate.Keepingtheknotinthemiddleofthecentrehole,arrangethecordsasshownonthequickguidephotoordiagramforyourchosen

Page 270: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

technique(seeWorkingfromtheQuickGuides),tuckingthemintotheappropriateslots.

2Forafirstprojectitiseasiertohavetwocoloursarrangedingroupsratherthanthesamecolourforallstrands.Makesurethecordsaretautbutthattheknotinthemiddleisbelowthetopsurfaceofthedisk/plate.

3Ifthecordsaremorethan75cm(30in)long,windtheexcessyarnontobobbins.Lightweightbobbinsareperfectforworkingonthediskorplate.

Page 271: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

plate.

4Ifyoupreferto,youcanaddacentre-weighttotheknotonthecords.ItisnotessentialbutIfindusingaweight70–100g(21⁄2–31⁄2oz)withthediskinparticularmakesroundbraidssmootherandmoreeven.

SETTINGUPTHEMARUDAIThetopsurfaceoftheMarudaiisknownasthemirrorbecauseit‘reflectswhatisdownbelow’,inotherwordsthebeautyofthebraidedcord.TheMarudaiitselfcanbemadefromwood,plasticorclearacrylic.

Page 272: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TherearenoslotsornumbersontheMarudai,insteadthecords/threadsaredrapedoverthetopsurfaceanddownthroughtheholeinthecentre.Asitisfree-standingyoucanusebothhandstomovetwocordsatthesametime.Traditionallythecords/threadsaretiedatoneendwithanoverhandknot,heldtemporarilyinplaceunderthemirror,bythreadingachopstickthroughthemiddleofthebundle.Youcanthenseparatethecords/threadsintotheright

Page 273: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

middleofthebundle.Youcanthenseparatethecords/threadsintotherightnumberofbundlesandwindtheendsontoweightedbobbins.Thesearecounter-balancedbyattachingacentre-weightequivalenttohalfthecombinedweightofthebobbins.Aheaviercentre-weightwillmakealooserbraid.

Usealark’sheadlooptohangtheweightbag.Asyouworkthebraidslidethelark’sheaduptoanewpositionnearthetopsurface.

Preparingthebraidingthreads

Whenworkingoutthelengthofthestrands,muchwilldependonthethickness,butasageneralrulethecordsorthreadsusedforKumihimoshouldbetwicethelengthofthefinishedbraidplus15cm(6in)toallowforthewidthofthediskorplate.

TipItisalmostimpossibletojoininotherlengthsofcordduringbraidingsoalwaysmakesureyouhaveplentytostart.Dependingonthecoloursequenceinthebraidingyoucancutthestrandsasdoublelengthorsinglelength.

ForanevennumberofstrandsIfthereisanevennumberofstrandsorbundlesofeachcolour,cutdoublethelengthrequiredandusealark’sheadknot(seeKnottingBasics)tosecurethe

Page 274: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

mid-point.

ForanoddnumberofstrandsForanoddnumberofdifferentcolourstrands,tiethecordstogetherbeforeyoustartwithanoverhandknot(seeKnottingBasics).

WORKINGFROMTHEQUICKGUIDESThesecontainalltheinformationneededtocreateaparticularbraid,fromthestartingpositionsofthreadstofinishedsample.

Page 275: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1FinishedsampleEachtechniquehasafinishedsampletoshowwhatthatparticulararrangementofcoloursandthicknessofcordslookslikewhenbraided.Tocreatethesamepatternyouneedtochooseeitherexactlythesamecoloursoranewselectionofcolourswithsimilarhuessothatyourbraidhasasimilarbalance.

2,3StartingpositionItisessentialtogetthecorrectcoloursofcordsintherightpositiontostart.Oneoftwovisualsisprovidedforthestartingposition,eitheraphotograph(2)toshowtheslotnumbersandcoloursofthestartingpositiononthedisk(orplate)or(3)adiagramwithoutnumberswhichshowsthecordpositionsontheMarudai.Thedotsonthestartingdiagram(whichrepresentthethreads/cordsused)willvaryincolourandsizesothatwhenyouareaddingtextureorbeadsyou’llbeablesoseeataglancewherethedifferentthicknessofcordsareplacedtostart.

Page 276: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipManyofthebraidshaveapatternsuchasaspiralorstripethatonlyworksifcoloursareinaparticularposition.

4WorkingthemovesdiagramsStepdiagramsareprovidedforthesequenceofthreadmoves,shownbythearrowedlinesindicatingwherethreadsstartandwheretheyaremovedto.WhenworkingontheMarudai,themovesdiagramsareenoughtoguideyouthroughthethreadmoves,butwhenworkingonthedisk,youshouldalsorefertothemovesabbreviatedlist(see5).Inthediagramcaption,Irefertothecordpositionsastop,bottom,leftandright.Notethatsometimesthediskrotatesasyouworkthebraidsotopisnotalwaysat32⁄1butreferstothepositionofthecordsatthatparticulartimeandpositioninthesequence.

5WorkingthemovesabbreviatedlistThisisprovidedtobeusedalongsidethemovesdiagramsasawrittenrecordoftheorderofthethreadmoves.Ifindthatwhenusingadisk,itisbettertofollowthewrittenmovesbuttolookattheMarudaidiagramasyougotoseewhichdirectiontomovein.Thisgivesyoutheconfidencethatyouareplacingthecordsintherightslots,butallowsyoutoseeataglancethepatternofmovessoyougetintoarhythmveryquickly.

6PointofbraidingAcloseupphotographshowsthebraidattheendofthesequenceofmovesoutlinedin4and5,sothatyoucancheckthatthemoveshavebeenexecutedcorrectlybeforestartingthemovessequenceagain.Ifyouhavemadeamistake,gobackandrearrangethecordsinthecorrectpositionbeforecontinuing.

Repositioningthreads

Whenworkingsomeofthebraidsonadiskorplateyouwillneedtomovecordsbacktothestartpositionaftercompletingpartorallofthesequenceofmoves.

Page 277: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Thisiscalledrepositioningandisnecessarybecausethereisalimitednumberofslots.

Itispossiblewhenworkingonadisktoswapthecordswithoutneedingtoreposition–holdthefirstcordafteronemovebesidethecorrectslotwithyourthumbandthenpullitintothevacant

slotonceyoutaketheothercordovertotheoppositeside.

Finishingthebraids

OncethebraidiscompleteitcanberemovedfromtheMarudai,diskorplate.Topreventthebraidunravelling,tiealooseoverhandknot(seeKnottingBasics)orwrapashortlengthofwirearoundthecordstosecure.Youcanthenselectoneofthefinishingtechniques(seeFinishingTechniquesforBraiding).

Page 278: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

BasicMovesAllKumihimobraidsarecreatedwithaseriesofmoves,andhowthecordsarepositionedandmovedmakesaspecificbraid.Therearehundredsofpossiblebraiddesigns,buttheyareallmadeusingoneormoreofjustsixbasicmoves.EssentiallyyoueithermovethecordsacrossthecentreofthediskorMarudai,oraroundtheedge,oryoucrossthecordsover.Apartfromthewovenflatbraid,allthebraidsinthisbookusethesemoves,althoughtheflatbraidsarebestworkedonthesquareplate.Tryoutthemovestobecomefamiliarwiththetechniquesandthediagrams.

Cordsgoingacrossthecentre

WhenmovesaremadeacrossthecentreoftheMarudaiordisk/plate,asolidbraidwillbeproduced.

Basicmove1Thecordsgraduallymovearoundthediskandsoitisbettertodisregardthenumbersandconcentrateonthemoves.Onecordmovesdownandanothermovesuppassingacrossthecentreofthedisk:toprighttobottomright,bottomlefttotopleft.Afterthemovetherearethesamenumberofcordsineachsectionasbefore.

Page 279: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1 15then17 31Inthephotograph,thefirstmove,toprighttobottomright,hasbeen

completedleavingonlyonecordatthetopandthreeatthebottom.Nowmovethecordatbottomleftuptotopleftsothattherearetwocordstopandbottomagain.

Basicmove2Fourcordschangeplacesacrossthecentreofthedisk.Whenworkingonadiskorplatethecordsneedtobespacedatthetopasshowntoallowthecordstomoveintothegap:twobottomcordsup,twotopcordsdown.Afterthemovetherearethesamenumberofcordsineachsectionasbefore.

Page 280: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1,2

16 1then17 322 16then31 17Inthephotograph,thefirstpairofmoves,twobottomcordstotop,has

beencompleted,leavingnocordsatthebottom,andnowthetwooutertopcordsaretobemovedtotheslotsatthebottom.

Cordsgoingaroundtheouteredge

Ifallmovesaremadearoundtheedge,thebraidmadewillbehollow.SeealsoCordscrossingover.

Basicmove3Twocordsmovearoundtheouteredge,fromonepartofthedisktoanother.Thecordsdon’tcrossoverthecentreoranyothercords:toptotheright,bottomtotheleft.Afterthemovethereisonlyonecordtopandbottomandthreecordson

Page 281: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

theleft.Afterthemovethereisonlyonecordtopandbottomandthreecordsoneachside.

1 7then17 23Inthephotograph,thefirstmove,toprighttosideright,hasbeen

completedleavingonlyonecordatthetopandthreeattherightside.Nowmovethecordatbottomleftuptosideleftsothattherearethreecordsoneachsideandonecordtopandbottom.

Cordscrossingover

Thesemovesaremadearoundtheedge,butalsocrossoveroneormorestationarycords.

Basicmove4Twocordsmovearoundtheouteredge,fromonepartofthedisktoanother.Eachcordgoesinadifferentdirectioncrossingoveronestationarycordasit

Page 282: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Eachcordgoesinadifferentdirectioncrossingoveronestationarycordasitmoves.Thecordsdonotpassoverthecentre:lefttopoveronecordandaroundtotheright,bottomrightoveronecordandaroundtotheleft.Afterthemovethereisonlyonecordtopandbottomandthreecordsoneachside.

32 7then16 23Inthephotograph,thefirstmove,toplefttosideright,hasbeen

completedleavingonlyonecordatthetopandthreeatthebottom.Nowmovethecordatbottomrightuptosideleftsothatthereisonlyonecordtopandbottomandthreecordsoneachside.

TipAllworkingthemovesdiagramscanbeusedfordisks/platesandtheMarudaibecausethemovesareessentiallythesame.However,whenusingaMarudaiyouarehands-free,enablingyoutomovetwocordsatonce,butasyouhavetoholdthediskandplateinone

Page 283: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

enablingyoutomovetwocordsatonce,butasyouhavetoholdthediskandplateinoneofyourhands,youcanonlymoveonethreadatatime.

Basicmove5Cordsmovearoundtheouteredgecrossingovertwostationarycords.Thecordsdonotpassoverthecentrebutthereneedstobeagapbetweenthesidecordssothatthemovingcordhasavacantslot:toplefttomiddleright,bottomrighttomiddleleft.Afterthemovethereisonlyonecordtopandbottomandthreecordsoneachside.

32 8then16 25Inthephotograph,thefirstmove,toplefttothemiddleslotsideright,

hasbeencompletedleavingonlyonecordatthetopandthreeattherightside.Nowmovethecordatbottomrightuptomiddleslotsideleftso

Page 284: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

thatthereisonlyonecordtopandbottomandthreecordsoneachside.

Basicmove6Twocordsfromonesidecrossoverastheymovearoundtheouteredge.Eachcordalsogoesovertwostationarycords.Thecordsdonotpassoverthecentre.Usuallytherightcordismovedfirstsothattheleftcordfinishesontopoftheright:bottomrighttoleftsidetop,bottomlefttorightsidetop.Afterthemovetherearenocordsonthebottom,threecordsoneachsideandtwoatthetop.

17 7then16 26Inthephotograph,thefirstmove,bottomlefttotopsideright,hasbeen

completedleavingonlyonecordatthebottomandthreeattherightside.Nowmovethecordatbottomrightuptotopsideleftsothattherearenocordsatthebottomandthreecordsoneachside.

Page 285: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

cordsatthebottomandthreecordsoneachside.

DetailfromtheSquareBraidNecklace(inProjects):thesquarebraidisjustoneofthebraidsmadeusingBasicMove6incombinationwithBasicMove3.Dependingonthecordcoloursused

andtheirstartposition,avarietyofpatternscanbecreated.

Page 286: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

RoundBraidsThesearethemostpopularoftheKumihimobraids,andperhapsmostpopularofallisthebasicroundbraid1,butasyouwillfindoutthereisawidevarietyofroundbraidsandit’sgreatfuntryingoutthedifferentstyles.YoucanworkalltheroundbraidsoneitheradiskoraMarudaiandbecauseKumihimoissuchaversatiletechnique,enjoyexperimentingwithdifferentcoloursandtexturesofthread,ribbonsorcordstomakeyourownuniquebraids.

ROUNDBRAID1Thiseasyeight-strandroundbraidisworkedbyrepeatingonemove–BasicMove1–overandover.

QuickGuide:Roundbraid1

Setupcordsinthestartingpositionthenworkthesequenceasshowninthediagrams.Onadiskthisbraidisusuallyworkedbyrotatingthediskaquarterturntotheleftaftereachpairofmovessothatthenextsetofcordstobemovedaretopandbottomofthedisk,essentiallyrepeatingdiagram1eachtime.Thecordswillprogressaroundthedisk,soafterthefirstfourpairsofmovesitisbettertoignorethenumbersandrepeatworkingthemovediagram1fromthenon.

Startingposition

Page 287: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipTomakeasample20cm(8in)braid,cutfour1m(1yd)lengthsof2mmrattailindifferentcoloursandsetupasinthestartingposition.

WorkingthemovesRotatedisktotheleft(anticlockwise)aftereachpairofmoves.Aftertwopairsofmovesthecoloursarebackinpairs,aftereightpairsofmovestheyarebackattheoriginalstartposition.

1

Page 288: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2

1 15then17 319 23then25 716 30then32 1424 6then8 22

PointofbraidingAftermakingthefourpairsofmovesthecordsarestillinaright-anglecrossshapebuttheyhavebeenmovedaroundtothenextpairofslotsineachquarter.

Roundbraid1variation

Page 289: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

StartingpositionForamottledpattern.startwithtwodifferentcoloursineachquarterofthedisk.

ZandSSPIRALSThisvariationofroundbraid1producesadistinctivespiraldownthelengthofthebraidandyoucancreateaspiralthatcoilsroundtotheleftlikeanSoronethatcoilstotherightlikeaZ.

QuickGuide:Spiralbraid

Setupcordsinthestartingpositionthenworkthesequenceasshown.Ifyourotatethediskaquarterturntotheleft(anticlockwise)aftereachpairofmovesyouwillgetaZspiralorturnthediskaquarterturntotheright(clockwise)aftereachpairofmovesfortheSspiral.Thecordswillprogressaroundthedisk,soafterthefirstfourpairsofmovesitisbettertoignorethenumbersandrepeatthesequenceofmovesasshown.

Page 290: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Tomakeasamplebraid,usetwo1m(1yd)lengthsofrattailintwocontrastingcoloursandsetupasshown.Thestartingpositionisthesameforbothspiralsandsoyoucanmakea10cm(4in)sampleofeach,reversingthespiral(seeReversingtheSpiral).

Startingposition

WorkingthemovesforZspiralTurnthediskaquarterturntotheleftaftereachpairofmoves.Asthecordsmovearoundtheslotsjustrepeat:toprighttobottomright,bottomlefttotopleft,thenrotatethediskaquarterturntotheleft.

Page 291: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1 15then17 319 23then25 716 30then32 1424 6then8 22

Page 292: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

WorkingthemovesforSspiralTurnthediskaquarterturntotherightaftereachpairofmoves.Asthecordsmovearoundtheslotsjustrepeat:toplefttobottomleft,bottomrighttotopright,thenrotatethediskaquarterturntotheright.

32 18then16 224 10then8 26

Page 293: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

17 3then1 1925 10then9 27

Page 294: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

REVERSINGTHESPIRALYoucancombinetheSandZspiralstocreateabraidwithazigzagpatterndownthelength.

QuickGuide:Reversingthespiral

SetupcordsinthestartingpositionshownfortheZandSspirals.Ifyoustartwiththecordseithersideofthedotsonthediskyouwillknowwhentoreversethespiral.WorkthesequenceasshowninworkingthemovesforZspiral.Attheendof16pairsofmoves,whenthepairsofcordsarelyingeithersideofthedotsonceagain,youneedtotwisteachofthepairsofcordsasshowninthedetailphotographandthenstarttoworktheSspiralsequencefromthepairofcordstotherightofthelastworkingpair.After16pairsofmoves,twistthecordsagain

Page 295: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

andstarttheZspiralfromthepairofcordstotherightofthelastworkingpairandsoon.

TipForlongergapsbetweenzigzags,changedirectionafter32pairsofmoves,socordsmovehalfwayaroundthedisktothenextdots.

Whenyouarereadytoreversethespiraltakeapairofcordsoutoftheirslots,twistthetopcordoverthebottomcordandreplaceintotheslotseithersideofthedot.Turnthediskaquarterturnandrepeatonthesecondpairofcordsasshown;continuetoturnandtwistuntilallfourpairsof

cordshavebeentwisted.

ROUNDBRAID2

Page 296: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ROUNDBRAID2ThisbraidisworkedbyrepeatingBasicMove1,movingoppositepairsofcordsinsequencevertically,horizontallyandonceoneachdiagonal.

QuickGuide:Roundbraid2

SetupcordswithjustonecordineachofeightslotsspacedequallyaroundthediskorMarudaiasshowninthestartingposition,thenworkthesequenceasshowninthediagrams.Whenworkingonadisk,moveeitherthetopcordfirstortheoneontheright.Thecordswillprogressaroundthedisk,soafterthefirstfourpairsofmovesitisbettertoignorethenumbersandjustrepeatthemovesasshownonthediagrams.

Startingposition

TipTomakeasamplebraid,cuttwo1m(1yd)lengthsofrattailoftwodifferentcoloursandsetupasshownwithcoloursalternatingaroundthedisk.

Page 297: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Workingthemoves

1

2

Page 298: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3

4

1 16then17 329 24then25 85 19then21 429 12then13 28

PointofbraidingAftermakingthefourpairsofmovesthecordsarestillinstraightlinesinaneight-pointstarshape,butthey’vemovedaroundanticlockwisetothenextpairofslotstotheleft.

Page 299: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Roundbraid2variation

StartingpositionTocreateboldstripesdownthelengthofthebraid,arrangeyourtwocoloursofcordaroundthedisksothattherearetwoadjacentcordsinonecolourthentwointhealternatecolour.

Roundbraid2textured

AlthoughKumihimobraidsaregenerallyworkedwithasmooththreadorcordmostofthebraids,includingroundbraid2,lookveryeffectivewhenbraidedwithdifferentthicknessesandtexturesofcord.

Page 300: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

withdifferentthicknessesandtexturesofcord.

Variation1Addafluffytexturedyarnwithsmoothsatinrattailtocreateaninterestingcontrasttothestripevariationforroundbraid2.

Startingposition

Variation2Thebasicarrangementofalternatecoloursworkswellwhenalternatingcontrastingtexturestoo.Youcanintroduceasoftribbonlikeorganzaorasilkymeshthatwillpuffout,oraddametallicyarnforabitofsparkle.

Startingposition

Page 301: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ThesedelightfulearringsaremadefromafineSuperlon™cordforafirmbraidthatholdsitsshapewell.Inserttherawendsintoadecorativeendcapandembellishwithbeads.Seethestep-

by-stepinstructionsformakingtheRoundBraidEarringsinProjects.

HONEYCOMBBRAIDThisvariationofroundbraid2producesanunusualbraidwithlongstrandsforahoneycombeffect.

Page 302: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

honeycombeffect.

QuickGuide:Honeycombbraid

HoneycombbraidisoneofthemostelegantbraidsandperhapseasiertoworkonaMarudaithanonadiskbecauseoftheneedtorepositionthecordsoften;however,youcanlearntoswapthecordswithoutneedingtoreposition(seeWorkingfromtheQuickGuides:Repositioningthreads),whichspeedsupthebraidingprocess.Itisavariationofroundbraid2,wherethefirsttwopairsofmoves(verticalandhorizontal)arerepeatedbeforecompletingthesequencewiththediagonalmoves.Useathickerorstiffercordfortheverticalandhorizontalcordstosupportandenhanceanydecorativestrandsinthediagonalslots.

Startingposition

TipRemember,itisthediagonalcordsthatcreatethelongerdecorativestrandsonthisbraid.

Page 303: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

WorkingthemovesRepeatthemovesondiagrams1and2twiceandrepositioncordstothestartingposition,thenworkthemovesondiagrams3and4andrepositionagain.

1

2

Page 304: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3

4

1 16then17 329 24then25 832 15then16 18 23then24 9Repositionthestraightcords:15to17,23to25.5 22then21 529 12then13 29Repositionthediagonalcords:12to13,22to21readytostartagain.

PointofbraidingToremindyourselfhowthesequencegoesrememberthatthefirstfourpairsof

Page 305: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

movesarestraight,andthenexttwopairsofmovesonthediagonal.

Honeycombbraidfancycordvariations

Thehoneycombbraidisidealforshowingtheeffectsthatcanbeachievedbyexperimentingwithtexturalalternatives,asthefollowingtwoexamplesshow.Thelongstrandslookstunningwhenworkedinaflatcordorribbon.Forotheralternativecords,ribbonsandthreadsthatcanbeusedinhoneycombbraidseeCordsandThreadsforKumihimo.

Variation1Inthisexamplestrandedmetallicembroiderythreadisinthediagonalpositionand7mm(3⁄8in)silkribbonintheotherslots,producingalovelysoftsparklybraid.

Startingposition

Page 306: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Variation2Silkymeshribbonworkswellinthediagonalpositionsofhoneycombbraidastheribbonbunchesoutslightlyaddingextratexture.Rattailisusedintheotherslots.

Startingposition

Page 307: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Useasoftmeshororganzaribbonforthediagonalcordsofthehoneycombbraidtomakealuxuriouscordpull.

SQUAREBRAIDEventhoughthiseight-strandbraidhasasquarecross-sectionitisworkedonarounddiskorMarudai.

QuickGuide:Squarebraid

Topreservethesquarecross-sectionofthisbraidworkwiththreadsorcordsallofthesamethickness.Themovesaresimple–repeatthemantra:slideroundthencrossover.Tomakeasamplebraid,cuttwo1m(1yd)lengthsof2mmrattailintwodifferentcoloursandsetupasshown,alternatingthecoloursaroundthedisk.

Startingposition

Page 308: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipBasicMoves3and6areusedandasbothgoaroundtheedgeofthedisk,essentiallythebraidishollowalthoughitlookssolid.

WorkingthemovesToremindyourselfhowthesequencegoes,rememberthatthefirsttwopairsofmovesareclockwiseandthenexttwoanticlockwise.

1

Page 309: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2

3

4

1 7then17 23

Page 310: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

24 1then8 1732 26then16 109 32then25 16Repositionthesidecordsbacktothestartingslots(seethestarting

positionphotograph):7to8,10to9,26to25and23to24.

PointofbraidingAfterworkingthefourpairsofmoves,thetopandbottomcordswillbecrossedover.Youalwaysmovetheunderneathcordnext.

Squarebraidvariation

CreateabolderV-shapepatternbychangingthepositionofthecolours.Startallfourstrandsinthetophalfofthediskinonecolourandanothercolourofcordsinthebottomhalf.

Page 311: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 312: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 313: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Squarebraidisasimpletechniquethatworkswellinstiffercordssuchasleatherthongtocreatetheframeworkforastunningnecklace.Seethestep-by-stepinstructionsformakingtheSquare

BraidNecklaceinProjects.

16-STRANDROUNDBRAIDSOnceyouhavelearnttomakeaneight-strandroundbraid,addmorestrandstomakeavarietyof16-strandbraids.

QuickGuide:16-strandroundbraidfour-colourspiral

Setupcordsinthestartingpositionthenworkthesequenceasshowninthediagrams.ThetechniqueusedisBasicMove1(seeBasicMoves)andthisisrepeatedalthoughonlythefirstfourpairsofmovesareshown.Afterthatitisbettertoignorethenumbersandjustrepeatthemovesasfollows:toprightcordtobottomright,bottomleftcordtotopleft,thenrotateone-eighthturntotheleft.

Tomakeasamplebraid,cutfour1m(1yd)lengthsofcottonperléinfourdifferentcoloursandsetupasshownwithpairsofthesamecolourthreadsoppositeeachotheraroundthedisk.

Startingposition

Page 314: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipAftereachpairofmovesrotatethediskone-eighthturntotheleftsothatthenextcolourisatthetopandbottom.

Workingthemoves

1

Page 315: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2

3

Page 316: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4

1 15then17 315 19then21 39 23then25 713 27then29 11

TipWhenlearningtobraidwith16strandsusefourcolourssothatyoucanfollowthepatternmoreeasily.ForthisexampleIhaveusedtwostrandsofsize5DMCcottonperléforeachbundle:palepeach(948),mossgreen(3052),paleyellow(745)andairforceblue(598).

PointofbraidingAftermakingfourpairsofmovesthecolourshavemovedhalfwayround;aftereightpairsofmovesthecordswillbebackinthestartposition.

16-strandroundbraidvariations

Usingthesecolourschemesasaguide,swapthecoloursmatchingtheintensityofthehuestogetasimilarresultoralterthecolourbalanceandseewhathappens.Bysimplyarrangingcoloursinparticularpositionsonthediskyoucanproducedifferentpatterns.Eachofthefollowingbraidshasadifferentarrangementusingtwostrandseachoftwoorthreecoloursofsize5DMCcottonperléthreadsfromthecolourpaletteusedtomakethefour-colourspiral,butyoucouldexperimentwithfourormorecolours.Thediagramsshowthe

Page 317: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

butyoucouldexperimentwithfourormorecolours.Thediagramsshowthestartingpositionforeachpattern.Onceyouhavesetup,thetechniqueisexactlythesameasforthefour-colourspiral:toprightcordtobottomright,bottomleftcordtotopleft,thenrotateone-eighthturntotheleft.

TipWithKumihimoyoucancreateavarietyofdifferentlypatternedbraidsfromthesametechniquesimplybychangingthepositionsandnumberofcoloursused.

Two-coloursinglespiral:Thisworkswellwithtwostronglycontrastingcoloursgivingabraidthatlookslikeatightlytwistedrope.

Page 318: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Two-colourdoublespiral:Thisresemblesanold-fashionedbarber’spoleanditisidealformakingaboldstatement.

Two-colourspot:Dependingonwhichisthemoreprominentcolour,thiseitherresemblesalatticefenceorhasanall-overspeckledappearance.

Page 319: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Two-colourdiamond:Workwithtwocolourslikethissampleforasubtleeffect,orchoosetwocontrastingcoloursandthepatternwillbebolder.

Three-colourdiamond:Whenathirdcolourisintroducedtothediamondpattern,itcreatesabandspirallingdownthebraidwiththediamondsshownoffbestinstronglycontrastingcolours.

Page 320: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Three-coloursinglespiral:Theadditionofathirdcolourcreatesapatternofspotsanddiagonalstripesdownthebraid.Takecarechoosingthecolourstocreatethebesteffect.

Page 321: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

HelixSpiralBraidsThesetwospiralbraids,workedwithBasicMove1(seeBasicMoves),aremoretexturedthanthestandardeight-strandroundbraidspiralvariations.Theyaredoublehelixspirals,andthismeansthattherearetwodifferenttexturestwistingaroundthebraidlikeacorkscrew.Thetexturesarecreatedwithshortandlongstrands,anditistheselongerstrandsthatgivethebraidsasilkyluxuriouslook.

HELIXSPIRAL1Similartoroundbraid1,thisbraidhasthreespirallinghelixes,twowithshortstrandsandonewithlongerstrands.

QuickGuide:Helixspiral1

Thisattractivecordworkswellwithsatincordsinthesidepositionstocreatelonglustrousstrands.Tomakeasamplebraid,cutone1m(1yd)lengthofrattailintanandivoryandtwolengthsindarkbrown,andsetupasshownmakingsurethattheivoryandtancoloursarediagonallyoppositeeachother.ThecolourschemeforHelixSpiral1:hasbeenchosenspecificallysothatyoucanseewhatpositionsonthediskcreatewhichhelix,asanaidfordesigningyourowncolourschemesorchangingtexturesofcord.

Startingposition

Page 322: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipWhensettingupthedisk,rememberthatthesidecordscreatethelongerstrandhelixandthetopandbottomcordstheshorterstrandhelix.

WorkingthemovesWhenworkingthisbraidsomeofthecordsmoveoutofpositionandaftereachsequenceofthreepairsofmovesneedtobeplacedbackinthestartposition.

1

Page 323: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2

3

32 15then16 321 18then17 125 7then9 23Repositionthebottomandsidecordstothestartingpositionafterthree

pairsofmoves:8to9,7to8,15to16,18to17,24to25and23to24.

PointofbraidingAlwaysmovethetopcordfirstandthen,whenyoumovethebottomcordup,youcanputitinthevacatedslottoavoidhavingtorepositionthetopcords.

Page 324: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

HELIXSPIRAL2Thiscolourschemechosenenablesyoutoseethecordpositionsthatcreatethisattractivespiralbraid.

QuickGuide:Helixspiral2

Thisisatrickierspiralbraidtomakethanhelixspiral1,asyouneedtosupportandadjustthecordsasyoubraid.Iholdthebraidunderthediskandtwistaftereachmovetoalignthecordsneatlyasshowninthepointofbraiding.

Tomakeasamplebraid,cut1m(1yd)lengthsofrattailintan,ivory,lilacanddarkbrown.Setupasshownmakingsurethattheivoryandtancoloursarediagonallyopposite.Bypositioningthesidecolours(topandbottom)diagonallyoppositeeachotherratherthanstraightacross,thecoloursalternatealongthebraid.

Startingposition

Page 325: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipChooseyourcolourschemecarefullyrememberingthatthesidecordscreatethelongerhelixandthetopandbottomcordstheshorterhelix.

WorkingthemovesThecordsinthisbraidmovearoundthediskandsoafterthefirstfourpairsofmovesyoushouldrefertothediagramsbutignorethenumbers.Althoughtherearefourpairsofmoves,diagrams1and2arerepeated.

1

Page 326: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2

1 16then17 3225 6then9 2232 15then16 3124 5then8 21

PointofbraidingAfterfourpairsofmovespinchthecordstogetherwheretheycrosssothatitlooksexactlyasshown.

Page 327: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SubstituteafineSuperlon™orChineseknottingcordforthetopandbottomcordsofhelixspiral2andstringsize6seedbeadsbeforeyoustart,tocreateagorgeousstrapforabag.SeeBeaded

KumihimoBraids.

Page 328: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

HollowBraidsWhenworkingKumihimo,ifnoneofthemovesgooverthemiddleofthediskorMarudai,abraidismadethathasaspacedownitscentre.Dependingonthenumberandthicknessofthecordsbeingworkedwith,thecentrespacecanbenarrow(seeSquareBraid)orlargeenoughtoinsertacorecord–orevenplastictubing–into.Cordinsertsinhollowbraidmakeitmuchstronger,openingupthepossibilitiesforitsuse.Severalvariationsforhollowbraidsaredescribedhere,aswellasinstructionsforinsertingacorecord.

ADDINGACORDINSERTHollowbraidscanbeworkedwithorwithoutacore.Thecorefillstheareainsidethebraid,andthebasicprincipleisexplainedforthenine-strandhollowbraidusinga550paracordforthecorecord.1Arrangethebraidingcordsintheorderthattheywillbeonthediskfollowingthestartingpositiondiagram/photograph,spacingthemontoapieceoftapesothattheywillfitaroundthecorecord.Wrapthetapearoundthebaseofthecorecord.

Page 329: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Useapieceofstrongthreadtosecurethecordsabovethetape,andtuckthecordbundleintothediskhole.Arrangethecordsinthecorrectstartingpositionforthebraidandattachaweighttotheendofthecords(seePreparingtoBraid).

3Workthebraidingmovesaroundthecorecord,movingthecorecordfromsidetosideifnecessarysothatitisoutofthewayasyoubraid.

Page 330: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipDependingonthematerialusedforthecorecord,itcanbeveryfirmandsuitableforusingaseitheralightpullorbaghandleorasacordincontemporaryjewellery.

EIGHT-STRANDHOLLOWBRAIDThisbraidusesBasicMove4,whereacordcrossesoveronestationarycordoneachmove.

QuickGuide:Eight-strandhollowbraid

Thissequenceofmovestakesalittlegettingusedto,butitisaneasyrhythmicbraidonceyougetstarted.Themovesgo:toplefttotoprightside,bottomrighttobottomleftside,thenmiddlerighttobottomright,middlelefttotopleft,thentoprighttotopleft,bottomlefttobottomright,andfinallymiddlerighttotopright,middlelefttobottomleft.

Page 331: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Thebraidcanbeflattenedorworkedaroundacorecordtokeepitsroundshape(seeAddingaCordInsert).

Startingposition

TipTomakeasamplebraid,cuttwo1m(1yd)lengthsofrattailintwocontrastingcoloursandsetupasshownwithpairsofcoloursoppositeeachother.

WorkingthemovesWhenworkingonadisk,twoofthesidecordsneedtoberepositionedbacktothestartingpositioneveryfourpairsofmoves.

1

Page 332: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1

2

3

4

Page 333: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

32 7then16 2324 32then8 161 26then17 109 1then25 17Repositionthesidecordsafterfourpairsofmoves:7to8,10to9,23;

andaftereightmoves:24,26to25.

PointofbraidingAftermakingfourpairsofmovesthepositionofthecolourshasswappedasshownhere,butaftereightpairsofmovesthey’rebacktothestartingposition.

Eight-strandhollowbraidvariation

StartingpositionAlthoughworkedinexactlythesamewayasthemainversionofeight-strandhollowbraid,thisalternativeproducesanattractivespotpatternsimplybychangingthenumberofcordsusedofeachcolour.You’llneedone1m(1yd)lengthofgreyandthree1m(1yd)lengthsofgreen,setupasshowntomakeasample.

Page 334: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

16-STRANDHOLLOWBRAIDThe16-strandhollowbraidsaretubularbutwillflattenunlessworkedaroundacoreplastictubingforexampleforsupport.

QuickGuide:16-strandhollowbraid

ThishollowbraidusesBasicMove2,wherecordspassaroundtheedgecrossingoveronestationarycordeachtime.Thecordsmoveclockwiseforthefirstfourpairsofmoves,thenanticlockwiseforthesecondfourpairsofmoves.Thisadaptationofthetraditionalmovesiseasiertoworkonadiskwhereyouuseonlyonehandtomovethecords.

Tomakeasamplebraid,cutfour1m(1yd)lengthsof1mmrattailintwodifferentcoloursandsetupwiththecoloursalternatingaroundthedisk.

Startingposition

Page 335: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipThiscolourschememakesiteasytolearnthetechniqueastheapricotcordsallmoveclockwisethentheplumcordsallmoveanticlockwise.

WorkingthemovesOnadiskyouneedtorepositionthecordsbackintopairsside-by-sideafterfourpairsofmoves.Justremember,ifyourepositionclockwisethenthenextmovesareanticlockwise,andviceversa.

1

Page 336: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2

3

4

32 3then4 78 11then12 15

Page 337: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

16 19then20 23,24 27then28 31Repositionclockwise:3to4,7to8,11to12,15to16,19to20,23to

24and26to28.

5

6

Page 338: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

7

8

1 30then29 2625 22then21 1817 14then13 109 6then5 1Repositionanticlockwise:30to29,26to25,22to21,18to17,14to

13,10to9and6to5

PointofbraidingAlthoughthisbraidhasbeenworkedaroundacore,thepointofbraidinghasbeenshownwithoutthecoreforclarity.

Page 339: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

RemovingthecoreYoucanleavethecoreinplace,butifyouhaveusedasmoothcore,suchasapieceofplastictubing,itcanberemovedonceyouarefinished,andthenthebraidcanbeflattened.

Page 340: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Chooseanyofthe16-strandhollowbraidpatterns,suchasthetwo-colourspiralshownhere,andworka16-strandhollowbraidarounda6mm(1⁄4in)diameterplastictube,thenremovethetube(seeRemovingtheCoreabove)andfinishwithendcapstomakeaveryprettybracelet.Theseendcapsaredesignedforusewithflatleather,buttheyhidetherattailrawendsveryneatly(see

FinishingTechniquesforBraiding).

16-strandhollowbraidvariations

The16-strandhollowbraidtechniquegivesyouthechancetobecreativewithyourcolourchoices,tomakeavarietyofdifferentpatterns.Asanexample,afewsampleshavebeenworkedusingjustthreecolours.Discoverforyourselfhow,byselectingcoloursandarrangingthemindifferentslots,youcanproducesomeprecisepatterns.Experimentwithmorethanthreecolourstomakeyourownuniquedesigns.

QuickGuides:16-strandhollowbraidcolourvariations

Page 341: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Thesesampleshavebeenworkedwithvariouscombinationsof1mmrattailinplum,apricot,teal,greyblueandgold,usingnomorethanthreecoloursforeach.Allthesampleshavebeenworkedaround6mm(1⁄4in)plastictubing.

TipWorkthehollowbraidsarounda6mmropeforasupplebraidoraroundaplastictubetomakeabracelet.

Two-colourspiral

Usingonlytwocoloursandarrangingtheminpairsaroundthediskcreatesaboldspiralpattern.

Startingpositionfortwo-colourspiral.

Three-colourspecklespiral

Page 342: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Carefulcolourpositioningcreatesonestrongspiralwithaspeckledspiralinbetween.

Startingpositionforthree-colourspecklespiral.

Three-colourspeckle

Tinyflecksofbrightcoralandtealonagreybackgroundcreatesaprettyall-overpattern.

Startingpositionforthree-colourspeckle.

Four-colourspiral

Page 343: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Usingathickerrattail(2mmratherthan1mm)fortheplumspiralraisestheapricotandcreatesaribeffect.

Startingpositionforfour-colourspiral

NINE-STRANDHOLLOWBRAIDThisquickandeasyhollowbraidjustusesBasicMove5repeatedaroundandaroundthedisk.

QuickGuide:Nine-strandhollowbraid

Setupthecordsasinthestartingposition.Anextracord(startingtopsideright)movesaroundtheouteredge,crossingovertwostationarycordsatatime.Ifyouwanttoaddacoreasshowninthefinishedsamplephotograph,seeAddingaCordInsert.Chooseastrongcontrastcolourfortheextracordtoemphasizethespiraleffect.Tomakeasamplebraid,cuttwo50cm(1⁄2yd)lengthsofsize8

Page 344: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Chineseknottingcordinfourdifferentcolours(olive,lime,greyanddarkgreywereused)plusanextralengthofcordindarkgrey.Tieinanoverhandknotandsetupthediskasshown(seePreparingtoBraid).

Youcouldmakethebraidwithmorecordssolongasthemaincordsarespacedequallyaroundthecorewithanextracordplacedintheslotabovetherightsidecordreadytostart.

Startingposition

WorkingthemovesAsyoumovetheextracordliftitupsothatitisverticalandtuggentlytopositionthecordcorrectlyeachtimeforaneatpointofbraidinginthecentre.

Page 345: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1

2

3

Page 346: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4

8 14then13 1817 22then21 2625 30then29 21 6then5 109 15then14 1918 23then22 2726 31then30 32 7then6 11andsoon.

PointofbraidingYoucanstopatanypointonthissequence,asyouarealwaysreadytomovetheextracordoverthenexttwocords.

Page 347: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

FlatBraidsFlatbraidsareworkedonasquareplatewitharectangularhole–thestraightedgeoftheholemakesiteasiertokeepthebraidflat.Astep-by-stepphotoguideisprovidedformakingaroundedflatbraidsothatyoucanfamiliarizeyourselfwiththemovesforusingasquareplate.Theseguidesshowhowtocreatedifferentflatbraids:somestraight,somewovenonthediagonal,andsomevaryinginwidthdependingonthenumberofcords.

USINGASQUAREPLATETOMAKEAROUNDEDFLATBRAIDThisbraidwithaslightlydomedtopsurfaceisaneasy,rhythmicbraidtowork–idealforafirstattemptontheKumihimosquareplate.

1ChoosetwocoloursofcordandsetuptheplateasshownintheQuickGuide:Roundedflatbraid.Attachaloopandweight(seePreparingtoBraid).HereIhaveusedtwostrandsofsize5nylonknottingcordforeachbundle.

Page 348: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Asyoumovethecords,holdtheplateinonecornerinthesamehandallthetime.Movethetopleftcordtotheslotunderthecordsontherightside(from5tohasshown),thenmovethetoprightcordtotheslotunderthecordsontheleftside(from6toH).

3Movethebottomrightcordtotheslotabovethecordsontheleftside(from16toD),thenmovethebottomleftcordtotheslotabovethecordsontherightside(from15todasshown).

Page 349: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipWhenyouwanttotakeabreakfrombraiding,worktotheendofthesequenceandrepositionthecordssothatyouarereadytostartagain.

4Movethesecondfromtopcordsonbothsidesoneatatimedowntothecentreslotsatthebottomoftheplatewithoutcrossingthemover(Eto15asshown,theneto16).

5Movethemiddlecordsonbothsidesoneatatimeuptothecentreslotsatthetopoftheplate(fromGto5,thengto6asshown)to

Page 350: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

slotsatthetopoftheplate(fromGto5,thengto6asshown)tocompletethefour-pairmovesequence.

6Repositionthesidecordsbacktothestartingpositionbymovingthetopsidecordsdownaslotandthebottomsidecordsupaslot,workingonesideatatime(fromDtoEandHtoG,thendtoeandhtog).

Page 351: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Workedinroundedflatbraidtechnique,theseprettybraidsmakequickandeasybracelets.Maketheminco-ordinatingcoloursandaddbeadstosomeforaddedtextureandsparkleasshowninBeadedKumihimoBraids.Seethestep-by-stepinstructionsformakingtheStackingBeaded

BraceletsinProjects.

QuickGuide:Roundedflatbraid

Setupcordsinthestartingposition,thenworkthesequenceasshowninthediagrams.AlthoughillustratedinasquarediagramthisbraidusesBasicMove6(seeBasicMoves)wherethecordsbeingmovedcrossovereachotherandtwootherstationarycords.Thepatternisdeterminedbythewaythecoloursarearrangedontheplate:inthesampleshowntheverticalcolouratthetopoftheplatewillbethecolourontheouteredgesofthefinishedbraid,andtheoneatthebottomisthecolourofthecentrestripe.

Page 352: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Startingposition

WorkingthemovesAftermakingfourpairsofmovesrepositionthesidecordsreadytobeginagain.

1,2

Page 353: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3

4

5 hthen6 H16 Dthen15 dE 15thene 16G 5theng 6Repositionthesidecords:DtoE,HtoGthendtoe,htog.

PointofbraidingWhenworkingflatbraids,keepthebraidflatagainsttheedgeoftherectangularholeforabettertension

Page 354: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Roundedflatbraidvariation

Foradifferenteffectwithzigzagstripestrythecoloursarrangedinthealternativestartingpositionshown.Thisvariationalsolooksquitedifferentonitsreverseside(seebottomsample)

StartingpositionThisarrangementofcolours,withonecolourinthetophalfoftheplateandthesecondcolourinthebottomhalf,makesanattractivezigzagpattern.

Page 355: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

EIGHT-STRANDFLATBRAIDThisflatbraidisworkedwitheightstrandsofcordonasquareplateandlooksthesameonbothsides.

QuickGuide:Eight-strandflatbraidwithdiagonalstripe

Setupcordsinthestartingposition,thenworkthesequenceasshowninthediagrams.Placeonecolourinthetopandbottompositionsandtheothercolourintothesideslotstocreatethestripe.Whenworkingthisbraiditisessentialtorepositionthesidecordstothestartingpositionattheendofeveryfour-pairsequence.

Startingposition

Page 356: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipWiththisstartingpositionyoucreateabraidwithastrongdiagonalpatternthatcouldlookinterestingworkedindifferenttexturesofcords.

WorkingthemovesThisbraidusesBasicMove5whereeachcordismovedaroundtheedgeacrosstwostationarycords.Aftermakingfourpairsofmovesrepositionthesidecordsreadytobeginagain.

1

Page 357: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2

3

4

5 ethen16 Fd 16thenG 5

Page 358: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

6 Ethen15 fg 6thenD 15Repositionthesidecords:EtoD,etodandFtoG,ftog.

PointofbraidingWhenworkingthisbraidithelpstopinchtheverticalcordstogetherafteryouhaverepositionedthesidecordsreadytostartthesequenceagain.

Eight-strandflatbraidwithzigzagvariation

Byarrangingthecoloursinthisalternativestartingposition,finezigzagstripesgoingalongthelengthofthebraidcanbeachieved.

StartingpositionThiscolourpatternisachievedbykeepingallthecordsontheleftofthecentrelineinonecolourandthoseontherightacontrastcolour.

Page 359: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 360: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

WovenFlatBraidsWovenflatbraidslookquitedifferenttotheotherflatbraids.TraditionallyknownasAnda-gumi,thesebraidshaveasimilarstructuretoaplain,wovenfabricwheretheweftthreadsgoalternatelyoverandunderthewarpthreads.ThesametechniqueusedtomaketheAnda-gumicancreateazigzagbraid,andforbothitisbettertoworkwithoutaweight,holdingthebraidflatagainsttheedgeoftheplate’srectangularslot.

USINGASQUAREPLATETOMAKEAWOVENFLATBRAIDSetupcordsinthestartingpositionthenworkthesequenceasshowninthediagrams.andfollowthestep-by-stepphotoguide.

Startingposition1Choosethreecoloursofcordandsetuptheplateasshown.Thisarrangementofcoloursgivesafairlyrandompatternonthebraidbutyoucanexperimentwithtwoormorecolourstocreateawiderangeofdesigns.ForthisexampleIhaveusedtwostrandsofsize5cottonperléforeachbundle.Attachaloop(seePreparingtoBraid)thenaddaweight.

Page 361: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipThemovesforwovenflatbraidarequitedifferenttoregularKumihimo.Takecaretoworkthrougheachstagefromsettinguptoworkingthebraidanditwillsoonseemquitesimple.

Startmove

Page 362: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

13 Ethen3 e2Toworkthestartsequence:takethebottomleftcordandmoveittoaleftsideslot(13toEasshown)andthentakethetopleftcordandmoveittoarightsideslot(3toe).Thesebecometheweftthreads.Thispairofmovesisnotrepeated.

Move1:Bottomandtopcordschangeplaces

1

Page 363: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2

3

4

Page 364: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5

14 3then4 1415 4then5 1516 5then6 1617 6then7 1718 7then8 18Onceyouhavecompletedthestartsequence,thebraidis‘woven’by

repeatingMoves1and2.3To‘weave’thewarp:takethebottomleftcordandmoveittothe

emptyslotleftofthecordsonthetopedge(14to3asshown),andthentakethenexttopleftcordandmoveittotheemptyslotleftofthecordsonthebottomedge(4to14).

Page 365: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Tomovetherestofthewarpthreads,workingfromtheleft,takethenextbottomcordandmoveittotheemptyslotonthetopedge.Takethenexttopcordandmoveittotheemptyslotonthebottomedge.Repeattoswapallthecordsfromthebottomtothetopandviceversa.

Page 366: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Move2:Settingupthenewweftcords

1

Page 367: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2

3

e 8E e3 E5Tocreatethenextweft:taketherightsidecordandmoveittothe

toprightslot(eto8asshown).Thentaketheleftsidecordandmoveitthemiddleslotontherightside(Etoeasshown).Finallytakethetopleftcordandmoveittothemiddleslotontheleftside.(3toE).

Page 368: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

PointofbraidingAswithallflatbraids,yougetamoreevenresultifyouholdthebraidflatagainstthesideoftheslotasyouwork

Page 369: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

RepeatMoves1and26Repeatsteps3–5toworkthebraid.Thesequencewillbethesame

butthecolourswillmovetothelefteachtime.

ZIGZAGWOVENFLATBRAIDOneofthemostattractivevariationsofthewovenflatbraidtechniqueistheric-racbraid,whichismadebyturningtheplateupsidedownatregularintervals.

Page 370: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

WorkingthemovesforzigzagwovenflatbraidThisbraidmayseemdauntingastherearemoremovesanddiagramsthanusual.Thisisbecausetheplateisturnedupsidedowneverytimeyouwanttomakethesharpzigzagandso,althoughsomeofthebasicmovesarethesameasthestraightversionofthewovenflatbraid,othersusethesamediagrambutthenumbersaredifferentbecausetheplateisupsidedown.Wherenecessaryyou’llbereferredbacktoUsingaSquarePlatetoMakeWovenFlatBraid.Moves1aand2a,forexample,followdiagramsforMove1and2.1Workwiththreecoloursofcordandsetuptheplate(seeWovenFlatBraid,step1).Tieaknotinthetoprightcord.*BeginwiththeStartMove,thenworkMove1andMove2sequences(seeWovenFlatBraid,steps2–6)untilthecordwiththeknothasbeenmovedintoslotetobecomethenewweftasshown.

Page 371: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Startmove

13 Ethen3 e2Tosetupthecordsreadytorotatetheplate,worktheMove1sequenceoncemore(seeWovenFlatBraid,diagrams1–5).Movethecordwiththeknotfromtherightsidetothetopright(eto8)asshown,thenmovetheleftsidecordtothebottomleft(Eto13)followingtheRotate1diagram.

Page 372: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Rotate1

e 8thenE 133Tostartthezigzag,turntheplateupsidedownandworktheStart1

sequence.Movethetoplefttotheleftside(18tofasshown),thenmovethebottomlefttotherightside(8toF).Adjustthecordssothatthebraidisflatagainsttheoppositesideoftheslot(newtopedge).

Page 373: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Start1

18 f8 F4WorktheMove1aand2asequencesuntilthemarkerthreadisinthe

rightsideslotagain(F).WorktheMove1asequenceoncemore.

Page 374: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Move1a(seeWovenFlatBraid,move1)7 18then17 76 17then16 65 16then15 54 15then14 43 14then13 3

Move2a(seeWovenFlatBraid,move2)F 13f F5Then,followingtheRotate2diagram,movethecordfromtheright

sidetothetopright(Fto13asshown),thenmovetheleftsidecordtothebottomleft(fto8).Turnthedisktherightwayup.

Page 375: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Rotate2

F 13thenf 86Repeatfrom*instep1tocreatethezigzagbraid,rememberingto

adjustthecordssothatthebraidisagainsttheoppositesideoftheslot(topedge).

Page 376: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipEverytimeyouturntheplateyoumakearightangletocreateazigzagalongthelength.Youcanworklongerorshorterdistancesbetweentherotatemovestovarythelookofthebraid.

Page 377: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

BeadedKumihimoBraidsKumihimobraidscanbeeasilyembellishedwithbeadsforevenmorestunningeffects,Beadscanbethreadedorstitchedontothefinishedbraids,strungontothecordsbeforebraiding,oraddedinasthebraidingisworked.ThesamplesIhavemadearedesignedtogiveyouaflavourofwhatcanbeachieved.FormoreinformationonbeadsthatcanbeusedwithKumihimoseeEssentialEquipment.

ChoosingbeadsBeadscomeinahugevarietyofshapes,sizesandcolours,nottomentionthewiderangeofdifferentmaterials,soitshouldbeeasytofindabeadsuitableforaddingtoyourKumihimobraids.Dependingonthetechniqueyouchoose,itisoftentheholesizethatismoreimportantratherthanthebeaditself,asthebeadsoftenhaveeithertothreadontoacordorontothebraiditself.

ADDINGBEADSWHILEBRAIDINGBeadscanbeaddedtosomeorallofthecordsbeforeyoustartbraiding.Beinspiredbytheexamplesshown,thenlearnthetechniques,whichcanbeusedforalltypesofbraid–flat,round,squareorhollow.

Stringingseedbeads

IfyouareusingastiffthreadingmediumlikeSuperlon™,seedbeads(size8or6)canbestrungontoiteasilywithoutusinganeedle.Otherwise,useoneofthefollowingtechniquestostringthebeads.

Page 378: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Foldastrongfinethreadorwireinhalfandthreadthetailsintoaneedle.Feedathickerstrandthroughtheloopoffinerthreadorwire.Thisallowsyoutothreadsmallholebeadsontothe

needleandontothethickerstrand.

Useatwistedwireneedletopickbeadsuponeatatimefromabeadingmat,orforlargequantitiesuseabeadspinnertoaddbeadsquicklytothestrandsbeforebraiding.

Page 379: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Applyalittleglueornailvarnishtotheendofstrandsorthickercord,thensmoothbetweenfingerandthumbtocreatea‘needle’oncedry.

Step-by-stepguidetobraidingwithbeads

ThebasictechniqueforaddingbeadsasyoubraidissimilarregardlessofthetypeofKumihimobraidbeingworked;forthepurposesofthestepsequence,thetechniqueisbeingshownappliedtoaneight-strandroundbraid.

Tomakeasamplebraid,cuttwo1m(1yd)lengthsof2mmrattail,oneinplumandoneinpeach,andtwo1m(1yd)lengthsofSuperlon™,oneindarkgreyandoneinpeach.Stringsize8(3mm)Tohoseedbeadsonthecordsasfollows:mattetearose155Fanddarkpeachlined275onpeachSuperlon™;ceylongrey150anddarkpeach-lined275ongreySuperlon™.

Startingposition

Page 380: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipSetupcordsinthestartingpositionthenworkthesequenceasshowninthediagramsforEight-strandRoundBraid.

1Setupthediskasshowninthestartingpositiondiagram.ThreadbeadsontothefourthinSuperlon™strands:darkpeachandmatteroseonthepeachSuperlon™,greyanddarkpeachonthegreySuperlon™.Youwillneedabout22beadsforevery5cm(2in)lengthofbeadedcord.Ifthecordsareover50cm(1⁄2yd)inlength,windthemontobobbins.

Page 381: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Onshorterstrandsforabracelet,youdon’tneedtouseabobbin–simplytieaknotattheend.Attachaweighttotheloopinthemiddleofthestrands.Workatleast1cm(3⁄8in)ofthebasicroundbraid(seeEight-strandRoundBraid)withoutbeads,moreifyouwantplaincordateachendofthebraid.

Page 382: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipTocreateyourowncolourschemeforthebasicbeadedroundbraidthinkofthecoloursasdarkandlight.

3LiftthetoprightSuperlon™strandandletabeaddropdowntothepointofbraiding.PushthebeadunderthetophorizontalrattailstrandandthenplacetheSuperlon™inthebottomrightslot.

Page 383: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4LiftthebottomleftSuperlon™strandandletabeaddropdowntothepointofbraidingagain.Thistimetuckthebeadunderthebottomhorizontalrattailstrand,thenplacetheSuperlon™inthetopleftslot.

Page 384: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Rotatethediskaquarterturntotheleftandmovetherattailstrandsinorder,makingsurethatthebeadsstaytuckedawaybelowthepointofbraiding.

Page 385: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

6ContinueaddingonebeadatatimewhenyoumovethethinnerSuperlon™strands,makingsureyoudosoortherewillbegapsinthebeading.Finishthebraidbyworkingatleast1cm(3⁄8in)withoutbeads.

Page 386: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Somebeadedbraidsamples

Beadscanbeaddedtoanyofthebraidsinthisbook,eitheronallofthestrandsoronjustsomeofthestrands.Whenaddingseedbeads,youwillneedtoincorporateathinnerthreadorcordsothatthesecanbethreadedon(seeStringingseedbeads).

Eight-strandroundbraidsamplerThislongsampleshowshowavarietyofdifferentbeadslookwhenincorporatedintothesamebasicbraidtoillustratethehugepotentialfordesigningbraidswithbeads.Itisworkedwithastiffnyloncord(Superlon™),whichalthoughfine,hasenoughbodytosupportthebeads.

Page 387: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Detailsofbeadsused:

(1)3mmsquareand4mmroundfire-polishedbeads

(2)3mmglasspearlbeads

(3)7x4mmlongMagatamas

(4)2mmbiconecrystalsandsize15delicas

(5)Size8andsize11seedbeads

(6)Size8seedbeads

(7)Farfalleorpeanutbeads

Page 388: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

(7)Farfalleorpeanutbeads

(8)4mmbiconecrystals

(9)Doubledelicas

(10)Size6seedbeads

Helixspiral1Usingdifferentweightsofcordcausesthebraidtoflattenratherthantwist.Rattailisusedinthetopandbottompositions.AddbeadstothepeachandgreySuperlon™diagonallyoppositeatthesides.

HoneycombbraidSetupthediskforthisbraidwithrattailforthehorizontalandverticalcordsandSuperlon™forthediagonalcords,stringingamixofsize8seedbeadsandsize11trianglebeads.Incorporatethreebeadsintothebraideachtimeyoumoveadiagonalcord.

ADDINGBEADSAFTERBRAIDINGTheeasiestwaytoaddbeadsissimplytostringbeadsontothefinishedbraid,butbeadscanalsobesewnontoo.

Preparingtheends

Kumihimobraidsarecreatedundertensionsothattheyaretightlywoven,andtheendwillunravelwhenthecordsarecutmakingitdifficulttostringonbeads.Ifyoustartedyourbraidwithalark’sheadknot(seePreparingtoBraid),there

Page 389: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

willbearoundedendthatwillpassthroughalargeholebead,otherwisetryoneofthetechniquesshownbelowtopreparetheendsofthebraidforstringing.

Threadingbeadsontothebraids

Beadscanbestrungdirectlyontothebraids,butyoumayneedtopreparetheendsfirst.Ifthebeadfitssnuglyoverthecorditmaystayinpositionasthebraidexpandsslightlyoneitherside,otherwiseapplyalittleglueontothebraidbeforeslidingthebeadontoptosecure.

•Dividetheloosecordsinhalfandpullonehalfthroughusingalargetapestryneedle,thenpulltheotherhalfthrough.

•Whiptheendofthecordswithafinesewingthreadandsewintheends.Applyalittlegluetosmoothanystrayendsandleavetodrybeforestringingthebeads.

Page 390: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Alternativelyfeedafinewireorstrongthreadthroughbehindthewhipping,thenuseasaneedletostringthebeads.

Ideasforstringingbeads

Page 391: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Lotsofbeads,likeponybeadsandPandora-stylebeads,havelargeholesthatcanbestrungontoKumihimobraids.Takecaretomatchthediameterofthebraidtotheholesize.

•Thinnerbraidscanbeusedtostringbeadspendant-style.Useasmallbeadasa‘turn’beadbelowthelargerbeadorabovethelargerbeadforadifferentlook.

•Uselargeholebeadstocreateafigureofeightband,threadingtwobraidsinoppositedirectionsthroughthebeads.

Sewingbeadsintothebraid

Beadscanbestitchedintothebraidstoaddfurtherembellishment.Whenplacingthebeads,workwiththeshapeandpatternofthefinishedbraidtoenhancethecorddesign.Useshapedbeadsthatwillsitintothebraidsuchasdropsormagatamas,oraddtexturewithtrianglebeads,hexbeadsortinyseedbeads.1Secureastrongbeadingthreadintothebraidusingtinybackstitches.

Page 392: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1Secureastrongbeadingthreadintothebraidusingtinybackstitches.Feedtheneedlethroughthemiddleofthebraidandbringitoutwhereyouwantthebeadtosit.

2Pickupaseedbeadandstitchbackintothebraid,goingbackthroughthebeadonemoretimetoattachitsecurely.Taketheneedlethroughthemiddleofthebraidtocomeoutwhereyouwanttostitchonthenextbead.

Page 393: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Whensewingbeadsontheedgeofthebraid,eithersewthroughatadiagonal,orstraightacrossasshown,toaddafewbeadsatatime.Whensewinggroupsofbeadslikethis,stitchwithadoublethreadforextrastrength.

Ideasforsewinginbeads

Page 394: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Stitchbeadsonindividuallysothattheysitattractivelyineachchevronthenembellishfurtherwithloopsdowneachedgeoftheroundedflatbraid.

•Trapbeads.bysewingbetweentwostrandsofbraidingsuchasthesquarebraidsusedinthisexample.

•Sewloopsofbeadsbetweenthelongerstrandsonhoneycombbraidtoadd

Page 395: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

extratextureandcolour.

TipAlwaysanchorbeadingthreadwithtwoorthreetinybackstitchesratherthanaknotthatmaycomeundoneorpullthrough.

Page 396: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

WorkingwithWireKumihimoisaversatiletechniquethatcanbeworkedinarangeofdifferentmaterialsincludingwire,whichhasmanyexcitingpossibilities.Youcanusewiretomaketheentirebraidorjustintroduceitonsomestrands,andyoucanworkhollowbraidsaroundawirecoreforflexiblecurves.Wirecanalsobeaddedtoafinishedbraidasadecorativeembellishment.

CHOOSINGWIRESolongasthewireissoftenoughtobemanipulatedandnotsobrittlethatitbreaksreadilyitcanbeusedforKumihimo–seeKumihimo:EquipmentandMaterialsformoreinformation.Wireissoldeitherbymeasurementorgauge:thethinnerthewire,thelargerthegaugeandanywirebetweenO.2mm(36swg)and0.6mm(24swg)wouldbesuitable.Thickerwiresarehardertobendbutyoucanbuysoftaluminiumwiresorsilverwireinasoftconditionforaspecialproject.

Page 397: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Severalstrandsofathinwireiseasiertoworkthantheequivalentthickerwire,forexampleusefourstrandsof0.315mm(30swg)wireratherthana1.2mm(18swg)wire.

•Whenworkingwithfourormorewirestrandsit’snecessarytoreallypullthewireintopositionatthepointofbraidingtomakeamoreevenbraid.

•Fewerwiresineachbundlewillgiveasmootherbraid:aneight-strandroundbraidwithfourwiresineachbundlewillbemoretexturedthana16-strandroundbraidwithtwowiresineachbundle.

Page 398: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Kumihimobraidsworkedinwirewillholdtheirshapewhencurvedorbent.Thispiecehasthreedifferentbraidsworkedontheonepiece,andmakingasamplelikethis,changingfromone

techniquetoanotherthathasthesamesetup,willgiveyouaquickintroductiontothepossibilitieswhenworkingwithwire.

Becauseofitsstrongstructure,wirecanbeusedinKumihimotomakepiecesofjewellerylikethisfabulousbrooch.Itismadefroma16-strandhollowbraidthatisflattenedandshapedbefore

Page 399: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

beingembellishedwithbeads.Seethestep-by-stepinstructionsformakingtheKumihimoHollowBraidBroochinProjects.

GETTINGSTARTEDWITHWIREUnlikecordsandthreads,wirehasnostretchsoitcannotbeworkedataneventensionbutmustbecarefullyplacedintoposition.Mistakesmustbeavoidedaskinkedwirewilllookunsightlywhenreworked.

Preparingthewire

Forlengthsofwireinexcessof50cm(20in)1Clamptwouprightpegstotheworksurfaceoruseonepeginaviceandholdtheother.Spacethepegsthelengthyouneedforthebraid(seePreparingtoBraid).Securethewirewithatwistedloopatoneendandbegintowindthewirearoundbothpegskeepingafairlygoodtension.

2Whenworkingwiththinwireyoucanusemultiplestrandsforeachbundle.Onceyouhavewoundsufficientstrandsforabundle,tieapieceofthreadorcordaroundthebundle.Don’tcutthewireyet–keepwindinguntilyouhavetiedallthebundles.

Page 400: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Secureoneendofthewirestogetherwithatwistofwireorcordbeforeyouremovethemfromthepegs.SnipthroughthewiresonebundleatatimeandwindthebundleofwiresontoabobbinreadytostarttheKumihimo.SetupthediskasshowninPreparingtoBraid.

ForabraceletlengthSimplywindwirearounda45cm(18in)ruler.Holdthefirstcolouratoneendandcountthenumberoflengthsyouneed,say8or16wraps.Repeatwiththesecondcolour.

Page 401: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipWirehasatendencytospringbackwhenreleased,sotakecaretoholdthecutendsandreleaseslowlytopreventanyaccidents.

WORKINGFLATBRAIDSWITHWIRETheseareagoodplacetostartforafirsttrywithwireasitiseasiertomovethewiresintothecorrectpositionwhenworkingwithaflatbraidratherthanaroundone,andyoudon’tneedtoworryaboutgettinganeven3Dshape.Althoughyouwouldnormallyuseasquareplate,youcanquiteeasilymakethesetwosamplebraidsonarounddisktoo.

Dependingonwhereyouplacethecoloursthereareavarietyofcolourpatternsthatcanbeworkedinroundedflatbraid.SeeRoundedflatbraidvariationforthispattern.

QuickGuide:Roundedflatbraidinwire

Withthissetupthereisacolourborderandachevronbanddownthecentreasshowninthependantbelow.Cuteight90cm(36in)lengthsof0.4mm(27swg)wireineachoftwodifferentcolours.Foldthewiresinhalfandsecurewithacordlooportwistofwire.Setupfourwiresintoeachslotwiththecoloursarrangedasshowninthestartingpositiondiagram,thenworkthesequenceasshownforRoundedFlatBraid.Onceyouhaveworkedtheflatbraidandremoveditfromthediskorplate,pulltheendsfirmlytoevenupthewirework.

Startingposition

Page 402: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipMovingthewireintopositioncanbequitehardonthehands,especiallywhentryingtokeepagoodtension.Ifindseveralstrandsofathinnerwireareeasiertoworkwiththanoneortwothickwires.

Althoughitworksverywellasastraightbandforabracelet,theroundedflatbraidcaneasilybeshapedintoacurveorcircletocreateanattractivependantorringcomponentforjewellery

designs.Tomaketheringpendant,trimthetailsandoverlap,thensewtogetherwithapieceofwire.Makeawrappedloopinthemiddleofadoublelengthofwire,thenwrapthetailsaroundto

Page 403: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

wire.Makeawrappedloopinthemiddleofadoublelengthofwire,thenwrapthetailsaroundtohidetheoverlappingends.Addachainorleathercordtohang.

QuickGuide:Wovenflatbraid

Cuteight90cm(36in)lengthsof0.4mm(27swg)wireineachoftwodifferentcolours.Foldthewiresinhalfandsecurewithacordlooportwistofwire.Setupthewiresasshowninthestartingpositiondiagram,thenworkthesequenceasshowninthediagrams.Remember,onceyouhaveworkedthebraidandremoveditfromthediskorplate,pulltheendsfirmlytoevenup.

Thisbraidcanbemadewithcordbutwhenworkedinwireitworkswellasaflatbandforabracelet.Attachrectangularendcapsandafasteningtofinish(seeFinishingTechniquesfor

Braiding).

StartingpositionTryoutdifferentcolourpositionstostartasthepatternalongthebraidwillchange.

WorkingthemovesThisbraidwastheresultofahappyaccident.Itriedtorememberthesequenceforroundedflatbraidoffthetopofmyheadandcreatedthiswoveneffectthatworksverywellinwire.

Page 404: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

worksverywellinwire.

1

2

3

Page 405: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4

5 gthen6 Gf 5thenF 616 Dthen15 de 16thenE 15Repositionsidecords:DtoE,GtoFanddtoe,gtof.

WORKINGROUNDBRAIDSWITHWIREAlltheroundbraids,includinghelixspiralsandhollowbraids,canbeworkedinwireanditisworthtryingoutshortsectionsofdifferentbraidstoseewhateffectsyouget.

Tryusingtwoormorestrandsofathinwiresuchas0.315mm(30swg)or0.4mm(27swg)sothatitisfairlyeasytowork,ortryaddingbeadstoasingle

Page 406: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

0.4mm(27swg)sothatitisfairlyeasytowork,ortryaddingbeadstoasingle0.6mm(24swg)wireorevenathickersoftaluminiumwire.

WORKINGWITHWIREANDCORDSMixingwireandcordsinyourKumihimobraidsisveryeffectiveasthesoftnessofthethreadcombineswiththehardedgeofthewire.

Choosingwheretoputthewire

Everybraidwillhavevariationsdependingonwhichcordbundlesarechangedtowire.Youcanaddoneortwostrandsofthinwiretoeachbundlesothatthebraidcanbemanipulatedintoshapewithoutchangingtheoriginallooktoomuch,butitismuchmoreexcitingtoreplacesomeofthestrandswithwireinsteadofcord.

Asyouexperimentyou’llfindthatthesamebraidcanlookquitedifferentwiththewireindifferentstartingpositions.Wiresatthesidestartingpositionswillmakeaspiralbraid,butputthewiresinthetopandbottomslotstostart,andyouwillcreateaflatterbraidwithcordontheoutsideandwiredownthecentre.Thewirepreventsthebraidtwistingsoitcanbeflatoryoucantwistitoncecomplete.

S-shapespiral:Wirehasbeenusedinthetopandbottomslotsandcordsinthesidepositionstocreateaneatspiral.

Roundbraid2:Therearefourcordsandfourbundlesoffourwiresalternatingsothatinthestartpositionthewiresaretoptobottomandsidetosideandthecordsareonthediagonals.

Page 407: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Placetwoorthreefinewiresinthehorizontalpositionacrossthedisktostart.

Startwithfourfinewiresintheverticalpositiontocreatethisstrongspiral.

AddingwireintoKumihimobraidallowsthebraidtobebentortwistedtoholdaparticularshape.Trymakingoneortwodifferentthicknessesofroundbraidstocreateaprettybroochorcorsage,

addingsparklycrystalsontwistedwirestemstofinish.

Page 408: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

FinishingTechniquesforBraidingKumihimobraidshavemanyrawendsthatneedtobeneatenedinsomewaybeforetheycanbemadeintoapieceofjewellery,accessoryorotheritem.Traditionaltechniquessuchaswhippingorwrappingcanbeusedtocovertherawends,oryoucanusespeciallydesignedfindingssuchasendcapsorcones(seeEssentialEquipment).Itisalsopossibletoaddlargeandsmallbeadsforamoredecorativeembellishment.

FINISHINGFLATKUMIHIMOBRAIDSRectangularendcapsareidealforfinishingtheendsofflatKumihimobraids.Usetheinternalmeasurementofthefindingasaguidetogettingtherightfit.1Beforeyoutrimthebraid,sewacrossneartheendusingastrongbeadingorsewingthread.Stitchrunningstitchesinonedirectionandthensewbackacross.Sewinthethreadendswithacoupleoftinybackstitches.

2Trimthebraidclosetothestitching,butnotsoclosethatthethreads

Page 409: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Trimthebraidclosetothestitching,butnotsoclosethatthethreadspullout.Trimtheouteredgescarefullytomakeiteasiertoinsertthebraidintotheendcap.

3Applyglueinsidetheendcap(notonthebraid)withacocktailstick.Foraflatbraiditiseasiertogetoneendofthebraidinandthentouseanawlorlargetapestryneedletoworkalongtheedge,thenpushintheremainingbit.Repeattoattachanendcapattheotherend.

Page 410: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Thestitch-and-trimmethodcanalsobeusedtoneatentheendofKumihimobraidsorplaitingbeforeattachingaribboncrimpend.Nylon-jawplierswillpreventthecrimpendfrombeing

damagedasitispressedtosecure.

FINISHINGROUNDKUMIHIMOBRAIDSDependingonthebraidingtechniqueandthethreadorcordused,roundbraidsmayfitinacordend,oralargeendcaporconemayberequired.Aselectionofbraidstogetherwithsuitablefindingsarepicturedhere,andthetechniquesof

Page 411: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

addingendcapsorconesandattachingawireloopareexplainedindetailinEssentialTechniques.

•ThinbraidsworkedwithSuperlon™orotherfinecordscanbegluedintoacordend.Itwillhelptowrapeventhesetinybraidswithsewingthreadbeforeinsertingthemintothefinding.

•Whenworkingwithwirebraids,simplytwisttheendofthewires,thentrimtheendneatlybeforegluingitintotheendcaporcone.

•Hollowbraidswithacorecanbefinishedwithanendcap.Wrapthreadaroundthebraidnearthetopofthecoreandthentrimanybraidstickingabovethecorebeforeattachingtheendcap.

Page 412: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

FINISHINGPLAITEDBRAIDSAlthoughplaitingisasimpletechnique,itcanbeworkedwithavarietyofdifferentcordsandthreads,sotherearemanydifferentwaystoneatentheends.Aselectionofplaitedbraidstogetherwithsuitablefindingsarepicturedhere.Forhowtofitendcapsorcones,suitableformoreroundedplaiting,seeFinishingTechniques,andforsuitabletechniquesforattachingafindingtoaflatplaitedbraidseeFinishingFlatKumihimoBraids.

•Ribboncrimpsaresuitableforfinishingthinflatplaiting.Theyareavailableinseveralwidths.Sewthestrandstogether,thentriminastraightlinebeforeattachingtheribboncrimpwithnylon-jawpliers.

Page 413: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Wraproundplaitedbundleswithsewingthreadbeforeattachinganendcapwithglue.Youcaninsertaheadpinunderthewrappingtomakealoopifrequired.

•Largebundlesofdifferentmaterialsplaitedtogethercanbefinishedwithanendcone.Wraptheendofthebundlewithwireandthenattachtheendconewithalittleglue,addingalooptofinish.

Page 414: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

USINGBEADSTOCOVERRAWENDSAlthoughendcapsorconesareoftenusedtofinishtheendsofKumihimobraid,whenafasteningisnotrequiredbeadscanbeusedtocovertherawendsortohideajoin.

Finishingwithlargebeads

Choosebeadsthathavealargeenoughholetofitoverthebraid.Ifthefitisgoodthebeadwillsitinpositiononitsown,butalittleglueappliedtothecordwillsecureitmorepermanently.

Usingabeadasanendcap1Wraptheendofthebraidwithsewingthread(seeFinishingTechniques),thenstickalarge-holebeadovertheendofthebraidtoneatentheend.Thistechniqueissuitableforabellpullortofinishalariatnecklace.

Page 415: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Youcouldaddaplainorwrappedloop(seeGeneralTechniques)sothatthelargebeadreplacesanendcaporcone.Allowthegluetodryfor24hours.

JoiningendsinaY-shape1Wrapthebraidstogether,thenchoosealarge-holebeadtofitovertheendsandcoverthewrapping.Applyalittleglueoverthewrapping,thenslidethebeadontoptohidetherawends.

Page 416: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Tomakeatassel,leavethethreadendsonthebraid.Addinganotherbundleofthreadsthickensthetasselandpreventsthebeadfallingoff.

Joiningendsinacircle1Wrapbothendsofthebraidwithstrongsewingthreadtosecure(seeFinishingTechniques)andtrimneatly.Addasuitablelargebeadontothebraid.

Page 417: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Buttthetwoendstogetherandsewlongstitchesthroughthewrappingallthewayround.Sewintheendsandtrim.

3Applyalittleglueoverthewrappingandfinishingstitches,thenslidethebeadoversothatallthestitchingishidden.Leavetodry.

Page 418: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Apendantslidecouldbeaddedontothebraidbeforejoiningthetwoends.Thistubularfindinghasaloopforattachingacharmorbeaddangle.Largebeadsoneithersidewillhidetherestof

thejoinifthefindingisn’twideenough.

Finishingwithsmallbeads

Seedbeads,buglebeads,tinypearlsandcrystalbiconesarejustsomeofthesmallbeadoptionsforcoveringjoinsortofinishendsonKumihimobraids.

•JointhebraidasJoiningEndsinaCircleandthenstitchgroupsofsmallbeadslengthwaysacrossthestitchedjoin.Addthesamenumberofbeadseachtimetocreatealittletubular‘beadedbead’toembellishthecord.

•Aspiralbeadalsocoversthejoin.Wrap0.4mm(27swg)wirearoundthebraidseveraltimes,pickupseedbeadsonthewireandcontinuetowrapto

Page 419: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

makethebeadedbead,thenfinishwithafewwrapsinplainwire.

Finishingwithtubularbeadstitches

Foranornatefinishuseoneofthetubularbeadstitchestocoverthejoin.OneofthesimplestistheDutchspiral.

DutchspiralThelengthofbugleyouusewilldependonthediameterofthebraid,oryoucouldaddmorepairsofseedbeadandbugletofitaroundthebraid.Thestitchisillustratedwithoutbraidbutyoushouldjointhebraid(seeFinishingwithsmallbeads)andthentiethebeadsaroundthebraidreadytostart.1Pickupaseedbeadthenabugleandrepeattwice.Wrapthebeadsaroundthebraidandthenpasstheneedlethroughallthebeadsagaintomakeacircle,comingoutafterthefirstseedbead.

Page 420: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Pickuponeseedbeadandonebugleandpasstheneedlethroughthenextseedbead.Pullthethreadthrough.Repeatfromthestartofthisstepcirclingaroundthebraid,tillthetubularbeadstitchingislongenoughtocoverthejoin.

TipCloselypackedtubularbeadstitchessuchasherringbonestitch,peyotestitchandbrickstitchareallsuitable.

Page 421: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Slidethebeadingoverthejoinandsewthroughthebraidtosecure,sewinghalf-hitchesintothebeadingtosecurethetailbeforetrimming.

Page 422: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ProjectsThroughoutthisbookthereareinspiringminiprojectsthatcanbemadeasaquickandeasyfollow-ontothevarioustechniquesandtheseneednofurtherinstruction.Alongsidearesomefabulousdesignstoshowcasemyfavouritetechniques;thesearealittlemoreinvolvedsodetailedstep-by-stepinstructionsaresuppliedforyoutofollow,illustratedwithphotodetails.Youshouldreferbacktotheknottingandbraidingtechniquesasnecessary.

Page 423: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Knotting

DOUBLECOINKNOTCUFFDoublecoinknotsareusuallytiedinexactlythesameway,oneaftertheother,buttheknotslieflatterifthestartoftheknotisreversed,beginningontheleft,thentheright,andsoon.Thiscreatesanattractivepatternwithlongstrandsloopingacrossbetweenthedoublecoinknotsalternatingatthetopandbottomedgesofthecuff.

Youwillneed

•9m(10yd)of2mmleathercord•Magneticfasteningwith3x9mminternaldimensionendcaps

1Cuttheleathercordintothreeequalpieces,3m(31⁄3yd)long.ReferringtoChineseKnots:DoubleCoinKnot,tieadoublecoinknotusingallthreestrandsstartingwithaclockwiseloopinyourlefthandandbringingtheworkingend(right-handtail)downovertheloop.Completetheknotandfirmitupsothatthetoploopisfairlylargeandallthreestrandsareflatandalignedneatly.

Page 424: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Makeaseconddoublecoinknot,thistimestartingwithaloopinyourrighthand,bringingtheworkingend(left-handtail)downacrosstheloop,aroundtheothertail,anddoublingbacktocreatethesecondknot..3Firmupthesecondknot,adjustingthepositionsothatitisfairly

closebutnotoverlappingthepreviousknot.Makesurethatnoneofthecordsaretwistedandthatallarelyingflatwithintheknot.

Tip

Page 425: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipYoualwaysknowwhichsidetomaketheloopasyouusethetailthatiscomingfrombehindthepreviousknot.

4Continuetyingdoublecoinknotsoneaftertheother,swappingthestartpositionfromsidetosideeachtime.5Onceyouhavemadesixknots,checkthelengthofthecuff.Allowing

forthefastening,adjustthedistancebetweeneachknotifrequired.Overlapthecordstomakeacrossafterthefinalknot.Dependingonthestyleofyourendcap,eitherwrapthecordstogetherorsewacrosstokeepthecordflat(seeFinishingTechniques).Trimtheendsandstickintotheendcapsusingepoxyresinadhesive.

Page 426: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

PROSPERITYKNOTBELTTheprosperityknotisalargeflatknotintheshapeofarectangle,whichmakesitperfectformakingintoabelt.Youcantiejustprosperityknotsoneaftertheother,butaddingadoublecoinknotinbetweenkeepsthebeltflatter,allowingyoutoadjustittoamoreaccuratelengthwiththebuckle.Toembellish,youcouldaddbeadsbetweentheknotsorhangcharmsfromoneortwooftheloops.

Page 427: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Youwillneed

•8.5m(9yd)of2mmwaxcottoncord•12mm(1⁄2in)widebuckle•Smallpieceofleather•E6000jewelleryglue

1Foldthecordinhalftofindthecentreandtieadoublecoinknotinthecentre,startingwithaloopinthelefthand.ReferringtoChineseKnots:ProsperityKnot,continuetotieaslightlylooseprosperityknot.Firmupbypushingalltheoverlappingcordsup,oneatatime,towardsthetopoftheknot,untiltherearetwoloopsleftatthebottom.

Page 428: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Pullthetopleftcordthroughtopullupthebottomloopononeside.Repeatwiththeotherside.Thenpullthetailsoneatatimetofirmuptheknot.3Repeatthefirmingupprocessifnecessarytocreateacloselywoven

prosperityknotthatisabout12mm(1⁄2in)wide.Holdtheknotfirmlybetweenfingersandthumbsintwohandsandagitateslightlytoalignthecordsinamoreevenwovenpattern.

Page 429: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Tieadoublecoinknotwiththetails,startingwithaloopintherighthandthistime.Oncetheknotistiedadjustthepositionsothatitisclosetotheprosperityknotbutnotoverlappingit.Firmupcarefullyasyouwillnotbeabletoadjustitlater.5Continuetotiealternateprosperityanddoublecoinknots.

Remembertoalternatethesidethestartloopison–left-handloopfortheprosperityknotandright-handloopforthedoublecoinknot.6Oncethebeltisthelengthrequiredallowingforoverlap,stopafter

tyingaprosperityknot.Looptheendsaroundthebeltbuckletwiceoneachsidetofillthegap,andsewsecurelyonthereverse.7Tomakethebeltloop,cuta1x3cm(1⁄8x11⁄8in)stripofleather.

Applygluetooneendoftheleatherstripandstickoverthestitchedcordendsbelowthebuckle.Wrapthestriparoundthebeltsothatitoverlapsonthereverseside,leavingalooplargeenoughfortheotherendofthebelttogothrough.Applyglueontheoverlappingstripandholdinplaceuntilthegluedries.Leavefor24hoursbeforeuse.

Page 430: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SNAKEKNOTTIEBACKSTheseinstructionsareforatiebackmeasuringabout40cm(16in)long,butthelengthcanbeeasilyadjusted:allow1.25m(50in)ofelasticcordforevery10cm(4in)offinishedbraid.Youcanleavethebraidplainorembellishitwithbeads.Astheelasticcordisveryfirmanddifficulttostitchthrough,itismucheasiertouseatapestryneedletocreateapathwayforthefinerneedlewhenaddingthebeads.

Page 431: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Youwillneed

•5m(51⁄2yd)of3mmtealelasticcord•SwarovskiElements:XILIONbeads5328,4mmpacificopalandchrysoliteopal,54each

•Seedbeadssize11(2.2mm)bluemarbledaquaandsilver-linedcrystal•Nylonbeadingthread•Size10beadingneedle•Tapestryneedle•Twoendcapswith3x9mminternaldimension•Epoxyresinadhesive

1Cuta45cm(18in)lengthofelasticcord,thencuttheremainingcordlengthintwopieces.ReferringtoKnottedBraids:SnakeKnot,workyoursnakeknotbraid.

Page 432: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Tieaknotintheendofalengthofnylon(ormatchingcolour)beadingthreadandthreadasize10beadingneedle.Bendthebraidabout5cm(2in)fromtheendsothatyoucanseethecordpatternbetweentheloopsatoneside.Insertthetapestryneedlebetweenthetwostraightlengthsofbraidthatyoucansee.

TipItisalwaysmoresecuretoworkwithadoublelengthofthreadwhensewingbeadsontobraid.

3Pushthetapestryneedlethroughthebraidtocomeoutbetweentheloopsontheotherside.Leavethetapestryneedleinplace;thisisthepaththatthefinerthreadedneedlewilltakethroughthebraid.4Securethenylonthreadbetweenthetwosideloopsabovethe

tapestryneedle.Pickupanaquaseedbead,apacificopalXILION,anaquaseedbead,asilver-linedseedbead,achrysoliteopalXILION,asilver-linedseedbead,anaquaseedbead,apacificopalXILION,andanaquaseedbead.

Page 433: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Laythebeadsatanangleacrossthebraid,thentakethebeadingneedlebackthroughbesidethetapestryneedle.Pullbothneedlesthroughatthesametime.6Pullthethreadtauttosecurethebeadsacrossthebraid.Insertthe

tapestryneedlethroughthebraidagainbetweenthenextloops,inpreparationtoaddanotherlineofbeads.ThistimereversetheorderoftheXILIONS,addingtwochrysoliteandonepacificopal.7Repeattoaddlinesofbeads,stoppingabout5cm(2in)fromtheend

ofthebraid.Sewinthethreadendssecurely.

Page 434: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

8Trimthecordendstothesamelength,leavingtailsabout2cm(3⁄4in)long.Mixalittleepoxyresinadhesiveanduseacocktailsticktoapplyinsideoneendcap.Pushtwoofthecordendsintotheendcapanduseacocktailstick(orawl)topushtheremainingcordinplace.Repeattoattachanendcapattheotherend,andleavetodry.

TipTogivethefinishedtiebackmaximumimpactbuy(ormake)morebraidcordsintoningcolours,cuttingthemsothatsomeareslightlyshorterthanthesnakeknotropeandothersslightlylonger.Finishwithwhippedloopsateachendandsecurearoundthecurtainwithribbon.

SWITCHBACKBRACELETThisbraceletisnotasetpatternandcanbemadewithyourowncombinationofdifferentknottingtechniques.Workapproximately51cm(20in)sothatitwrapsaroundyourwristthreetimes,andcheckthepositioningofthebeadsonthebraceletasyougoastheyshouldbeonthetopofyourwristratherthanbelow.

Page 435: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

braceletasyougoastheyshouldbeonthetopofyourwristratherthanbelow.

Youwillneed

•1.25m(11⁄2yd)of1mmoff-whitepearlizedleathercord•3m(31⁄4yd)eachof1mmand1.5mmbrownwaxcottoncord•5m(51⁄2yd)ofcreamSuperlon™Tex400(0.9mm)•SwarovskiElements:SquareMini-beads,eight6mmlightsilk•Doubledelica(size8)seedbeads,approx50darktopazrainbow103•Metalbutton•E6000jewelleryglueorepoxyresinadhesive•Pinboardandmappins(optional)

1Foldtheleathercordinhalf.Topreventthepearlizedleathergettingdamaged,loopashortpieceofscrapcordarounditusingalark’sheadknotandsecuretoapinboardorworksurface.

Page 436: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Usingthe1.5mmwaxcottoncordandreferringtoSwitchbackBraids:SingleCordSwitchbackBraid,begintoworkan8cm(3in)lengthofregularswitchbackbraidovertheleathercord.Afterabout2.5cm(1in)adjustthesizeofthelooptosuitthebuttonyouareusingforthebraceletandthencontinue.

3Pickup14doubledelicasoneachendoftheleathercord.Droponeofthetailsofthewaxcottoncordandworkstitchedswitchback(see

Page 437: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

SwitchbackBraids:StitchedSwitchbackStrap)pushingbeadsupbetweentheknots,securingtheminplaceasyoutiethenextknot.

4ChangetothecreamSuperlon™Texandworkan8cm(3in)lengthofregularswitchback.Workthefirsthalfofamacramésquareknot(seeMacramé:MacraméKnots).Pickupasquaremini-beadononecordandfeedtheothertailthroughtheholeintheoppositedirection.

TipMelttheendofthecordwithalighterflameandtrimtomakeiteasiertofeeditthroughthebead.

5Tieasquareknotaroundbothleathercordssothatthebeadissittingflat.Addsevenmoremini-beads,tyingasquareknotaftereachone.Workanother2.5cm(1in)ofswitchbackincream.6Continuetoworkthesecondhalfofthebracelet,usingdifferent

thicknessesofcord,changingfromregularswitchbacktostitchedswitchback,incorporatingdoubledelicabeadsorworkingalength

Page 438: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

switchback,incorporatingdoubledelicabeadsorworkingalengthwithoutbeadsasyouchoose.Finishwithalengthofregularswitchbackworkedwiththe1mmwaxcord.

7Checkthelength,thentiethebuttonontotheendoftheleathercords;trimtheleatherandsticktothereversesideofthebuttonusingepoxyresinorE6000jewelleryglue.

RHINESTONEBRACELETSMicromacraméworkedwithafineknottingcordisperfectformakingdelicatejewellery.Seedbeadscanbeaddedtotheoutercordstomakeasimplebeadedbraceletoraddalittleblingbyknottingthecordsaroundrhinestonecupchain.

Page 439: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Youwillneed

•11cm(41⁄4in)of4mm(stretchedout)rhinestonecupchain•2.5m(23⁄4yd)of1mmnylonknottingcord•E6000jewelleryglue•Pinboardandmappins(optional)

1Cuta50cm(20in)lengthfromtheknottingcord,andfoldbothpiecesinhalf.Pinortapetheshortlengthtotheworksurfacewiththeloopatthetop.Tiethelongerpieceofcordaroundtheshortlengthwithanoverhandknot.

Page 440: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

TipFliptheoverhandknottothereversesideafteryouhavetiedittomakeaneatertransitiontothemacramé.

2Fora17.5cm(7in)longbracelet,work3cm(11⁄8in)ofsquareknots(seeMacraméBasics:MacraméKnots).Insertapinortapeatthebottomoftheknotstoholdtheminplace.3Laythelengthofcupchainontopofthetwocordthreads.Worka

squareknotbetweeneachrhinestoneonthecupchain(seeAddingBeadstoMacramé:AddingRhinestones).Looktoseewherethebarisontopoftheprevioussquareknot:ifitisontheright,thenbeginthenextsquaresquareknotwiththerightcord;ifitisontheleft,startwiththeleftcord.Continueworkingasquareknotbetweeneveryrhinestone,alternatingthesideyoubegintheknottokeepthesquareknotsbalanced.4Finishthemacraméwitha3cm(11⁄8in)sectionofsquareknotsor

workthelengthtomatchtheotherend.Checkthelengthofthebraceletandadjustifnecessary.Workatwo-strandbuttonknotovertwocords,weavingthecordsinpairs(seeChineseKnots:ButtonKnot).Tightenthebuttonknotgradually,pullingthecordsthroughsothatitissittingabout3–5mm(1⁄8–1⁄4in)fromthesquareknots.

Page 441: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Applyalittleglueinsidethebuttonknotwherethecordsemergeatthebase,andtrimthecordsoncethegluehasdried.Checkthattheloopattheotherendofthebraceletgoesoverthebuttonknotsnugly.Youcanadjustslightlybypullingthemacraméknotsdownorupthecentrecorecords.Applyalittleglueonthereversesidetosecuretheloopatthecorrectsize.

BeadedmacramébraceletBeginthebraceletinexactlythesamewayastherhinestonebracelet,andinsteadofaddingthecupchaininthecentresection,pickupasize6(3.5mm)seedbeadoneachoutercordandtiethenextsquareknot(seeAddingBeadstoMacramé:AddingBeadstoWorkingCords).Youwillneed20seedbeadsfora17.5cm(7in)bracelet.

MACRAMÉBROOCHMacraméisoftenthoughtofasarathercrudechunkyknottingtechnique,butwhenworkedinfinecordsittransformsintoratherelegantmicromacramé.Choosecoordinatingcolourstocreatearainboweffectacrossthisprettybrooch.

Page 442: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Youwillneed

•1.5m(13⁄4yd)eachofSuperlon™cordinpurple,lilac,coral,lightgreyandduskypink

•20cm(8in)of1mm(19swg)halfhardsterlingsilverwire•Seedbeads:size6(3.5mm)mattesilver,size10(2mm)colour-linedpeach,size11(2.2mm)silver-linedcrystalandemeraldraspberrygoldlustre

•Ultrasuede™10cm(4in)square•Broochback•Jewellerytools•Chasinghammerandsteelblock(optional)•Foamcoreboard•Mappins•Adhesivetape•Springclip(optional)

1Bendthesilverwireinhalftocreateaslightlyroundended‘V’shape.ArrangetheSuperlon™cordsinorderreadytouse:purple,lilac,coral,lightgreyandduskypink.

Page 443: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Pickupasilver-linedcrystalseedbeadonthepurplecordanddroptothecentre.Foldthecordinhalfandlayitoverthewireononesideofthe‘V’.Takethetailsoverthewireandbackthroughthelooptomakeareverselark’sheadknot(KnottingBasics:BasicKnots).

3Workahalf-hitchoneitherside(seeMacraméBasics:MacraméKnots).Repeatsteps2and3withtheothercolouredcords,addingabeadeachtime.

Page 444: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Laythewireshapeonthefoamcoreboardandtapeinposition.*Bringtheendpurplecordacrossparalleltothewire.Workadoublehalf-hitchwitheachcordinturn(seeMultistrandMacramé:StraightHalf-hitchRib).

5Insertamappinattheendoftherib,thentakethepurplecordbackacrosstheverticalcordsataslightangle.Securewithtapeoraspringclip.Workdoublehalf-hitcheswiththeduskypinkcordsandthefirstgreycord.Pickupacolour-linedpeachseedbeadonthenextgreycordandworkdoublehalf-hitchesagain.

TipThebeadsaddedontheverticalcordswilldeterminetheangleofthehalf-hitchrib.

6Workdoublehalf-hitcheswiththefirstcoralcord,thenpickuptwosilver-linedcrystalseedbeadsonthenextcoralcord;securewithdoublehalf-hitches.Addthreeemeraldraspberrygoldlustreseedbeadsonthefirstlilaccord,securingwithdoublehalf-hitchesagain.

Page 445: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

7Workdoublehalf-hitchesonthenextlilaccordbeforefinishingwithasilver-linedcrystal,asize6mattesilverandasilver-linedcrystalontheremainingpurplecord.Workthelastdoublehalf-hitch.

8Repeatfrom*instep4sixorseventimes,dependingonyour

Page 446: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

8Repeatfrom*instep4sixorseventimes,dependingonyourtension,untilthesemicircleofmacramécurvesaroundtomeetthewireagain.Takethepurplecordbacktotheoutsideedgeagain,workingstraighthalf-hitchrib.Workdoublehalf-hitcheswitheachcordinturnoverthewire.

9Tuckallthecordtailsbehindthesilverwire.Pickuptwosilver-linedcrystals,asize6mattesilverseedbeadandtwosilver-linedcrystalsonthefirstduskypinkcord.Workadoublehalf-hitchontheothersideofthewire‘V’shape.Attachthenextduskypinkcordwithoutbeads.10Repeatonthetwogreycordsandthenworkdownthewire,adding

beadsonthefirstofeachcolour,reducingthenumberofsilver-linedbeadsasthegapbetweenthewiresnarrows.

Page 447: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

11Workasemicircleinmacramétomatchthefirstside,endingwithastraighthalf-hitchrib.Workadoublehalf-hitchwiththefirstcordandaddasilver-linedcrystal.Workanotherdoublehalf-hitchwiththesamecordtosecurethebead.Repeatwitheverysecondcord.12Foldthecordendsoverthebackofthemacraméandstitchinvisibly

withtinystitches.Trimneatly.CutUltrasuede™tofiteachsemicircleandstitchinplaceinvisiblyaroundtheedge.

Page 448: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

13Sewabroochbacktoonesideonthereverseofthebrooch,stitchingrightthroughtotherightside,thencomingbackthroughtothereversesothatthetinystitchishiddenbetweenthemacraméknots.Sewtheendsinsecurely.

Page 449: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Braiding

PLAITEDSILKANDPEARLNECKLACEThree-strandplaitingisoneofthesimplestbraidingtechniques,andbecauseofitssimplicityyoucanbraidquitechunkystrandstogetherincorporatinganeclecticmixofmaterials.Silkorganzaanddelicatepearlsmakeanelegantnecklaceforevening,orchooseafunfabricwithbrightbeadsforasummer’sday.

Youwillneed

•Silkorganza,50x30cm(20x12in)palepink•Pearls,approx2004mmdustypink•1.3m(49in)eachofchainingold,antiquegoldandbronze•3m(31⁄4yd)of8mm(5⁄16in)KojakuribboninStrasborgCanal•3m(31⁄4yd)eachof5mm(1⁄4in)Isukiribboninmanilaandsoftpink•1m(39in)of19strand0.38mm(0.015in)beadstringingwire•Fine0.315mm(30swg)wire

•Twoeyepinsantiquegold-plated•Twoendcapsantiquegold-platedwith10mminternaldiameter•Palepinksewingthread

Page 450: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Needles:sewingandlargetapestry•Lobsterclawfastening12mmantiquegold•Jumpring6mmantiquegold•Smallbeadspringsortape•Jewellerytools•E6000jewelleryglue

1Cutthesilkorganzaintothree10cm(4in)widestrips.Foldeachinhalflengthwaysandsewdownthecentrewithrunningstitch.Sewinthethreadendssecurelyandleavelongtails.Usearouleauloopturningtooltohookoneendandpullthefabrictubeinsideout.Youcouldalsouseatapestryneedletiedtothethreadtailstopullthefabrictubethroughtotherightside.Repeattoturntheothertwotubesinsideout.

2Useacoolirontopressthesilktubeswiththeseamononeedgeandlaythemsidebysideontheworksurface.Cuttheribbonsinto50cm(20in)lengths.Laytwolengthsofeachoftheribbonontopofeachofthesilktubes.3Cutthebeadstringingwireinhalf.Attachanarrowstripoftapeor

beadspring5cm(2in)fromtheend.Pickuphalfthepearlsoneachstringandsecurewithtapeorabeadspring.Laybeadstringsontopoftwoofthesilktubes.Wrapthethreetubestogetherwiththefinewiresothat

Page 451: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

thesilktubes.Wrapthethreetubestogetherwiththefinewiresothatribbonsandpearlsarelyingontopofthesilktubes.

4Cutthechainsinhalfandfeedthefinewireintotheendlinks.Wrapwireafewtimestosecure.Laytwochainsontopofeachofthethreebundles.Securethewiredendofthepreparedbundlestotheworksurfacewithtapeoraspringclip.Plaitthebundleskeepingthetubesoffabricfairlyflatwiththechain,pearlsandribbononthetopsurface(seePlaiting:Three-strndPlaiting).

Page 452: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Plaitabout35cm(14in)totheendofthepearls,thensecuretheplaitagain,wrappingthesilk,pearlstringandribbonswithfinewire.Trimthechainssothattheyarelevelwiththewrappedwireandsecurebythreadingthewirethroughtheendlinksonlysothattheywillsitbelowtheendcap.Wrapwirearoundafewmoretimes.

Page 453: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

6Trimtheexcessfabricandribbonsabovethewrappedwiresothattherawendswillfitinsidetheendcap.Glueanendcapovereachendoftheplaittocoverthewiresandrawedgesandleavetodry.Attachabout13cm(5in)ofchaintoeachend.Finishwithajumpringandlobsterclawfastening.

CHAINPLAITNECKLACEThisbeautifulnecklacemakesarealstatementbutisactuallyquiteeasytocreate.Thebaseismadebyplaitingembroiderycottonandribbonintochunkychain,thenheadpindanglesareattached.Thefinisheddesignisthendrapedwithfinechain.

Page 454: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Youwillneed

•Antiquecopperchain:30cm(12in)with15x12mmlinks,1m(39in)with3x4mmlinks,and20cm(8in)with6x5mmlinks•DMCcottonperlé:oneskeineachofplumandorange

•50cm(18in)eachof1cm(3⁄8in)organzaribboninlilacandpaleorange•1.5m(13⁄4yd)offinechaingold-platedchainwith3x2mmlinks•40cm(16in)oftubularwiremeshinburgundy

•SwarovskiElements:•LargeDomebeads5541,three15mmcrystallilacshadow•SmallDomebeads5542,two8mmcrystallilacshadow•RoundCrystalbeads5000,four8mmcrystallilacshadow,214mmcrystalcopper•RoundCrystalpearls5818,two8mm,three6mmandfour4mmblackberry•DropCrystalpearls5816,two11.5x6mmblackberry

•CoinCrystalpearls5860,five14mmblackberry•14ballendheadpins4cmantiquecopper•Finewireforwrapping•Twoendcapsantiquecopperwith8mminternaldiameter•E6000jewelleryglueorepoxyresinadhesive

•Jewellerytools•Lobsterclawfastening9mmantiquecopper

Page 455: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

•Jumpringsantiquecopper:two4mmandone6mm

1Openouttheskeinsofcottonperléthencutthrougheachofthebundlesattheknot.Layalengthofmatchingorganzaribbonontopofeachoftheembroideryskeins.

2Securethetwobundleswithanoverhandknot.Ontheorange,layalengthofthefinegold-platedchaincuttosize,andontheplumlaythelengthofmetalmesh.Plaitthebundlesintothechainwiththelargestlinks(seePlaitingwithBeadsandChain:Two-strandPlaitingwithChain).Securetheplaitingateachendwithfinewire.3Trimtheendfromfiveheadpins.Makealoopononeendofeach.

Pickupacoincrystalpearloneachloopheadpin.Bendthetailoveratrightangles,trimto7mm(9⁄32in)andmakealoopontheend(seeGeneralTechniques:MakingaPlainLoop).

Page 456: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

4Attachonecoincrystalblackberrypearlbeadlinktothecentreoftheplaitedchain.Workingtoeithersideofthiscentrebeadlink,missthreelinks,thenattachanothercoincrystalblackberrypearlbead,andrepeattoaddtheremainingtwobeadlinks.Tomakethelargedangles,pickupa6mmroundcrystalblackberrypearl,alargedomebeadanda4mmroundcrystalcopperbead.Makealoopontheend.Attachtothecentralcoinbeadlink.Maketwootherdanglesthesameandattachtothecoinbeadlinkateitherside.

5Tomakethesmallerbeaddanglesinthesamestyle,usea4mm

Page 457: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Tomakethesmallerbeaddanglesinthesamestyle,usea4mmroundcrystalpearl,smalldomebeadanda4mmroundcrystalcopperbead.Attachtotheoutercoinbeadlinks.6Pickupan8mmcrystalblackberrypearl,8mmroundcrystallilac

shadowbead,a4mmroundblackberrypearlanda4mmcrystalcopperbead.Makeintoadanglewithaloopandattachtothemiddlelinkbetweenthetwooutercoinbeadlinksoneachsideofthenecklace.7Trimtheendofftwoheadpins,anduseE6000jewellerygluetostick

ablackberrydropcrystalpearlontoeach.Oncedrypickupa4mmcrystalcopperbead,an8mmcrystallilacshadowbead,a4mmroundblackberrypearlanda4mmcrystalcopperbead.Makealoopontheendandattachtothemiddlechainlinkateithersideofthecentredangle.8Securetherestofthefinegoldchaintooneendoftheplaitingby

wrappingwithmorefinewire.Drapethechainaroundthenecklace,usingabodkintofeedthewirethroughtheplaitonthereverseside.fromtimetotimetosecure.Repeatwiththeantiquecopperchainwith3x4mmlinks,andthentrimandsecurebothlengthstotheotherendoftheplaitwithfinewire.Sewtheremainingcrystalcopperroundbeadsintothefrontoftheplaitrandomly.

Page 458: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

9TrimtheplaitabovethewrappedwireandthenattachanendcaptoeachendwithstronggluesuchasE6000orepoxyresin(seeFinishingTechniques).Attacha10cm(4in)lengthoftheantiquecopperchainwith6x5mmlinkstoeachendcap.Checkthelengthandtrimthechainifrequired.Attachalobsterclawfasteningtooneendofthechainwithasmalljumpringanduseasmalljumpringtoattachalargerjumpringtocompletethefasteningattheotherend.

ROUNDBRAIDEARRINGSEmbellishedwithSwarovskiElementsincludingbeautifulBaroquependants,theseelegantearringsareeasytomake.Superlon™,astiffnyloncord,isusedtomakeafinefirmbraid,thentheearringsarefinishedwithhigh-qualityendcapsdesignedespeciallyfortwo4–5mmcords.

Page 459: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Youwillneed

•1m(39in)eachofSuperlon™cordindeeppink,darkgrey,steelgreyandteal•Sewingthreadandneedle

•SwarovskiElements:•Baroquependant6090,two16mmruby•XILIONbeads5328,two6mmruby,two6mmpacificopal•Crystalpearl5810,two6mmTahitian-look

•TwoSilversilkCapturedouble-strandendcapgunmetalwith8x9mminternaldimensions•Twoheadpinsgunmetal

•Twojumpringsgunmetal•Twotrianglebailsgunmetal•Twoearringwiresgunmetal•Kumihimodisk•Weightapprox100g(4oz)•Sewingthread•Jewellerytools•Nylon-jawpliers

1PreparetheSuperlon™threadsbypressinglightlywithamediumsteamirontostraightenoutthecurvesandmakethethreadmoresupple.Foldthebundleofcordsinhalfandsetupthedisk(seeKumihimo:PreparingtoBraid),arrangingthecordsinthestartingpositionshowninthediagram.

Page 460: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Startingposition

2ReferringtoRoundBraids:RoundBraid2,worka20cm(8in)length.Removethebraidfromthediskandwrapneartheendwithsewingthread.Measure8cm(3in)andwrapagain.Leaveasmallgap,thenwrapwiththreadonemoretime,beforemeasuringasecond8cm(3in)length.Cutthebraidintotwopiecesclosetothewrapping(seealsoFinishingTechniques:Wrapping).

Page 461: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Takeoneoftheroundbraidpiecesandinserttheendsintooneoftheendcaps,squeezingwithnylon-jawplierstoclosetosecurethebraidendsinplace.Repeattomaketheotherearring.

4AttachatrianglebailtoeachBaroquependantbead,thenattachajumpring(seeGeneralTechniques:AddingaJumpRing).Tuckthejump

Page 462: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ringbetweentheendsofthebraidandstitchinplacewithtinystitchessothatitissecuredinvisiblyasshownabove.

5Tomakethebeaddangles,pickuparubyXILIONbead,acrystalpearl,andapacificopalXILIONbeadontoaheadpin.Makealargeloop(seeGeneralTechniques:MakingaPlainLoop),andthreadontooneoftheshortbraidlengths.Repeatforthesecondearring.6Tofinisheachearring,openthelooponanearringwireandattachto

theloopontheendcap.

SQUAREBRAIDNECKLACESquarebraidhasamoredistinctiveflat-sidedstructurewhenworkedinleatherandproducesafirmbraidthatcanbeshapedtofitaroundtheneck.Thebraidisfinishedwithattractiveendcapsthatbecomepartofthedesignofthenecklace.Workedhereingoldthedesignwouldlookequallygoodinsilverorgunmetal.

Page 463: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Youwillneed

•8m(83⁄4yd)of1.5mmpearlizedivoryleathercord•Fourendcapsgold-platedwith8mminternaldiameter

•SwarovskiElements:•RoundCrystalpearls5810,nine8mmandone4mmnightblue•Artemisbead5540,one17mmcrystalgoldenshadow

•0.6mm(24swg)gold-platedwire•Headpingold-plated•Threejumpringsgold-plated•Barrelfasteninggold-plated•Kumihimoplate•Weightapprox100g(4oz)•Finewire•Jewellerytools•E6000jewelleryglue

1Cuttheleathercordintofourequalpiecesandattachwithalark’sheadloopinthemiddle.ReferringtoKumihimo:RoundBraids:SquareBraid,setupthediskandworka36cm(14in)lengthofsquarebraid.

Page 464: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

2Removethebraidfromthediskandsecurethelooseendwithawrappingoffinewire.Measure15cm(6in)andwrapthebraidwithfinewire.Leaveasmallgapthenwrapthebraidwithwireagain.Measureanother15cm(6in),thenwrapwithwireonelasttime.Cutthebraidintotwopiecesclosetothewirewrapping.3Glueanendcapontoeachendofthetwopiecesofsquarebraid;

leavetodry(seeFinishingTechniques).

4Makeeightofthe8mmcrystalpearlsintoindividualbeadlinksusingthe0.6mm(24swg)wire(seeGeneralTechniques:MakingaPlainLoop).Jointhebeadlinkstogetherintwogroupsoffour.

Page 465: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Attachonelengthofthebeadlinksontoeachlengthofsquarebraid.Thepearlbeadlinklengthswillbejoinedtogetherwithajumpring,butfirstmakethecentreArtemisbeaddangle.Pickuptheremaining8mmcrystalpearlontheheadpin,thentheArtemisbeadandthecrystal4mmpearl.Foldovertheheadpinatthetop,trimto7mm(9⁄32in),andmakeaplainloop.6OpenthetopoftheArtemisbeaddangle,andattachwithajumpring

inthemiddleofthepearlbeadlinklengths.Useajumpringtoattachthefasteningtotheendcapsattheendofthesquarebraidsections.

STACKINGBEADEDBRACELETSSeveralnarrowbraceletsworntogetherinastackareoneofthemostpopulartrendsinjewelleryandtheperfectwaytoshowoffthisprettydesign,whichisa

Page 466: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

variationoftheroundedflatbraidworkedinthickandthincordswiththebeadsaddedonthethincords.Solongasthethinstrandsareplacedwhereshowninthestartingpositiondiagram,youcantryallsortsofcolourvariationstomakeamatchingsetofstackingbracelets.Thematerialslistedaresufficienttomakeonebracelet,measuring17cm(63⁄4in)long.

Youwillneed

•2m(21⁄8yd)of2mmsilvergreyrattail•1m(39in)eachofSuperlon™cordinpurpleandteal

•Seedbeadssize8(3mm),16eachofpurpleirisandsilvergloss•Kumihimosquareplate

•Weightapprox100g(4oz)•Magneticorlobsterclawfastening•Ribboncrimp6mm•Twojumprings4mm•E6000jewelleryglue

1Laythecordssidebysideandloopthescrapoffinecordaroundthemiddleusingalark’sheadknot.Setupthecordsinthesquareplatereadytoworktheroundedflatbraid(seeKumihimo:FlatBraids:UsingaSquarePlatetoMakeaRoundedFlatBraid).Togetthisexactpatternarrangethecordsasshowninthediagram.

Page 467: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Startingposition

Itisespeciallyimportantwithaflatbraidtokeepthecordsinthecorrectslotssothatthebraidisevenandthethreadssitatthecorrectangle.

2PickupeightpurpleirisseedbeadsoneachofthepurpleSuperlon™strandsandeightsilverglossseedbeadsonthetealSuperlon™strands,tyingaknotattheendofthestrandstostopthebeadsfallingoff.3Worktheroundedflatbraidkeepingthefineyarnsslightlylooseso

thattheyshowasa‘v’shapeonthefrontofthebraid.Work6cm(23⁄8in)ofroundedflatbraidwithoutbeadsfinishingattheendofthefour-pairsequenceofmovessothatthecordsarebackintheoriginalposition.4Begintoincorporatethebeadsduringthenextsequence.Whenthe

finecordsarebeingmovedfromthesidepositiontothebottom(fromEto15andeto16),addabeadoneachside,allowingthebeadstofalldowntotheworksothateachbeadistuckedundertheothercolourofSuperlon™cordcurrentlyinthedandDslots.You’lladdbeadsonthepurplecordononefour-pairsequenceandonthetealcordinthenext.

Page 468: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Onceyouhaveaddedallthebeads,continueworkingtheunembellishedroundedflatbraidforanother6cm(23⁄8in).Removethecordsfromtheslots,wraponeoftheSuperlon™cordsaroundthebottomofthebraidandtieareefknottosecure.

6Checkthelengthofthebraceletincludingthefastening.ReferringtoFinishingTechniques:FinishingwithCordEnds,EndCapsandCones,attachtheribboncrimpstotheendsofthebraid:securetheendsbystitching,trimneatly,andstickinplacewithE6000jewelleryglue.Leavetodryfor24hoursbeforeattachingthefasteningtoeachendwithajumpring.

Page 469: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

KUMIHIMOHOLLOWBRAIDBROOCHWireKumihimobraidisphenomenallytactileandeasilymanipulated.AbitofexperimentingwiththeflattenedwirebraidcreatedthisfabulousCelticknotshapethatevolvedintoastunningbrooch.Thedesignwouldalsoworkasahairdecoration.

Youwillneed

•50greelsof0.315mm(30swg)wireinsteelgreyandchampagne•SwarovskiElements:•SolarisFancyStones4678,one23mmcrystalsilvernight,one14mmcrystalluminousgreenandthree8mmdarkmossgreen•SolarisFancystonesettings4678/G,one23mm,one14mm,andthree8mm•XILIONbeads5328,eighteachin3mmlightsilk:jonquil,olivine,andblackdiamond•Kumihimodisk

•Weightapprox100g(4oz)•Broochback•Finewire•Beadingneedle•Jewellerytools

Startingposition

Page 470: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

1Usingpegssecured50cm(20in)apartonthebench,windeachcolourofwirearound16times(seeKumihimo:WorkingwithWire:Preparingthewire).Separateintogroupsoffourandthencutintolengths.Setupthediskfor16-strandhollowbraid(Kumihimo:HollowBraids):youdon’tneedacoreasthewirewillholdtheroundshapeasyouwork.Arrangethecolouredwiresingroupsoffourandalternatethecoloursallthewayround.

TipAweightofaround100–150g(4-6oz)willhelptokeeptheweavingevenalongthelength.

2WorkthebraidasdescribedinKumihimo:HollowBraids:16-strandHollowBraid.Afteryouworkclockwisewithonecolourandthenanticlockwisewiththeother,givetheweightatugtopullthebraiddownthroughtheholeinthemiddleofthedisk.

Page 471: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

3Continuetoworkthebraid.Thenatureoftheweavingtechniquewillmeanthatthewiresshouldliesidebysideasyouworktocreateanevenflatbraid.Fromtimetotimecheckthepositioningofthewiresandrearrangesidebysidesothatthebraidisasevenaspossible.4Oncethebraidiscomplete,removeitfromthediskandflatten.

Removethelark’sheadloopfromtheendofthebraid.Holdthebraidandpushintowardsthemiddletocreateawidersection.

Page 472: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

5Tietheendsofthebraidinanoverhandknotshape,overlappingthestartendoverthebottomedgeofthewireshape.ArrangethewirebraidintoanattractiveCelticknotshapeandfoldthebraidendovertheedgetosecure.

6Shapethewidestpartofthebroochshapeoveryourfingerssothatithasacurvedcross-section.Setthefancystonesintotheirsettings:lay

Page 473: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

thestonesontopofthesettingsothatitislevel,thenusesnipe-noseplierstobendeachofthelugsoverthestoneinturn.

7Thelargestfancystonehasadeepsettingsoyouneedtomakea‘dip’forittorestinsothatitisnotraisedonthefinisheddesign.Foldthelooseendofthewirebraidatrightanglesasitcrossestheholeinthebrooch.Foldacrosstheholeallowingforthedepthofthesetting,thenfoldbackupattheothersideofthehole.8Securethewirebraidonthereversesideofthebroochbystitching

withfinewire,andtrimtheexcess.Setthelargestfancystoneintothegapsothattheholesinthesideofthesettingarelevelwiththebraid.Sewinplacewithfinewire.9Sewtheremainingfancystonesonthetopofthebrooch.Pickupa

selectionofXILIONbeadsandarrangeonafinewirearoundthecurveofthelargestfancystoneandcouchdownbyoversewingacrossthewireandbetweentheXILIONbeads.SewmoreXILIONbeadsaroundtheedgeofthehole.

Page 474: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

10Stitchabroochfitmentontothereverseofthebrooch,tothebraidthatrunsbeneaththelargestfancystone.Checktheshaping,curvingthewiremeshsmoothlyoveryourfingerssothatthebroochbackisinsetratherthanstandingproudbeyondthelevelofthebackofthebrooch.

Page 475: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting
Page 476: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Suppliers

ThecompanieslistedallhadKumihimoandknottingsuppliesatthetimeofprinting.Checkthewebsitesforparticularcordsandfindingsasstockschangefromtimetotime.

Page 477: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

UKandEuropeBeadsDirectTel:01509218028Email:[email protected]:www.beadsdirect.co.uk

BeadWorkshopTel:01333424400Email:[email protected]:www.beadworkshop.co.uk

CareyCompanyTel:01404813486Email:[email protected]:www.careycompany.com

HeavenlyBeadsTel:01324228353Email:[email protected]:www.heavenlybeads.co.uk

I-BeadsTel:02073676217Email:[email protected]:www.i-beads.co.ukFR:www.i-perles.frDE:www.i-perlen.de

Page 478: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

AT:www.i-perlen.at

Nosek’sJustGemsTel:01225706222Email:[email protected]:www.noseksjustgems.com

StitchCraftCreateWeb:www.stitchcraftcreate.co.uk

TheLondonBeadCompanyTel:02072679403Email:[email protected]:www.londonbead.co.uk

Page 479: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

USAAccentBeadDesignTel:9169411104Email:[email protected]:www.accentbead.com

TheBeadShopTel:6503866962Email:[email protected]:www.beadshop.com

TheSatinCordStoreTel:8887288245Email:[email protected]:www.satincords.com

Page 480: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

Acknowledgments

I’vethoroughlyenjoyedwritingthisnewbible,focussingonknottingandbraidingtechniques.Mytwopreviousbibles,TheBeader’sBibleandTheBeadJewelleryBible,havebeenahugesuccessandIhopethatthisnewbookencourageslotsofpeopletotryoutsomefabulousnewtechniques.ItwasanewchallengeresearchingthedifferentknotsandbraidsandIwouldliketothanktwofriends,CaroleCowieandShelaghFraser,fortheirhelpmakingsomeofthebraidsamplesandsmallprojects.Thankstoallsuppliersfortheirgenerositysupplyingmaterialsusedinthebook.Allbooksrequireabackgroundteamandthisisnoexception.I’dparticularlyliketothankJeniHennahforcommissioningthebook,editorSarahCallardforkeepingmeontrackandCharlyBaileyforafantasticbookdesign.ThanksalsotoCherylBrownforcopyeditingthemanuscript.FinallythankstoAllyStuartforherskilledstep-by-stepphotographyandJackKirbyforthebeautifulfinishedshots.

Page 481: The knotting & braiding bible : the complete guide to creative knotting including kumihimo, macrame and plaiting

ADAVID&CHARLESBOOK©F&WMediaInternational,Ltd2014

David&CharlesisanimprintofF&WMediaInternational,LtdBrunelHouse,FordeClose,NewtonAbbot,TQ124PU,UK

F&WMediaInternational,LtdisasubsidiaryofF+WMedia,Inc10151CarverRoad,Suite#200,BlueAsh,OH45242,USATextanddesigns©DorothyWood2014Layoutandphotography©F&WMediaInternational,LTD2014

DorothyWoodhasassertedherrighttobeidentifiedasauthorofthisworkinaccordancewiththeCopyright,DesignsandPatentsAct,1988.

eISBN-10:1-4463-6277-9ePubeISBN-13:978-1-4463-6277-8ePub

Layoutofthisdigitaleditionmayvarydependingonreaderhardwareanddisplaysettings.

Allrightsreserved.NopartofthiseBookmaybereproducedinanyformorbyanyelectronicormechanicalmeansincludinginformationstorageandretrievalsystemswithoutpermissioninwritingfromthepublisher,exceptbyareviewerwhomayquotebriefpassagesinareview.

Readersarepermittedtoreproduceanyofthepatternsordesignsinthisbookfortheirpersonaluseandwithoutthepriorpermissionofthepublisher.Howeverthedesignsinthisbookarecopyrightandmustnotbereproducedforresale.

Theauthorandpublisherhavemadeeveryefforttoensurethatalltheinstructionsinthebookareaccurateandsafe,andthereforecannotacceptliabilityforanyresultinginjury,damageorlosstopersonsorproperty,howeveritmayarise.

Namesofmanufacturersandproductrangesareprovidedfortheinformationofreaders,withnointentiontoinfringecopyrightortrademarks.

AcataloguerecordforthisbookisavailablefromtheBritishLibrary.

DavidandCharlespublishhighqualitybooksonawiderangeofsubjects.Formoregreatbookideasvisit:www.stitchcraftcreate.co.uk